1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
63 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
130 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
437 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
439 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
440 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
447 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
448 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
453 you can view from the menu
455 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
474 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
475 reconfigure LyX (menu
477 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
481 \begin_inset Note Note
484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
493 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
494 More about TeX Code is described in section
499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
501 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
505 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
522 \begin_inset Index idx
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 Reconfiguration of LyX
531 See section 5.1 of the
535 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
538 \begin_layout Chapter
542 \begin_layout Section
543 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_inset Index idx
547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
556 \begin_layout Standard
561 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
562 in addition to some more advanced operations:
565 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_inset Graphics
570 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
572 groupId toolbarbuttons
579 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/file-open.png
606 groupId toolbarbuttons
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_inset Graphics
626 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
628 groupId toolbarbuttons
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_inset Graphics
688 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
690 groupId toolbarbuttons
697 \begin_layout Itemize
703 \begin_layout Standard
704 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
705 a few minor differences.
708 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
723 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
724 you for a template to use.
725 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
726 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
727 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
735 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
742 \begin_layout Standard
743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
775 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
776 space is just that — a big, blank space.
784 \begin_layout Standard
805 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
810 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
835 will reload the document from disk.
836 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
837 and want to restore it to the last save.
846 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
847 can identify them as your changes.
850 \begin_layout Section
851 Basic Editing Features
852 \begin_inset Index idx
855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
864 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
873 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
874 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
875 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
877 We'll start with cut and paste.
880 \begin_layout Standard
881 As you might expect, the
885 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
886 various other editing features.
887 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
891 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_inset Graphics
898 filename ../images/cut.png
900 groupId toolbarbuttons
907 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_inset Graphics
914 filename ../images/copy.png
916 groupId toolbarbuttons
923 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_inset Graphics
930 filename ../images/paste.png
932 groupId toolbarbuttons
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
959 \begin_layout Itemize
973 \begin_inset Graphics
974 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
976 groupId toolbarbuttons
983 \begin_layout Standard
984 The first three are self-explanatory.
985 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
986 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
995 keys also function as the
1000 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1001 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1002 You'll have to do an
1006 to get back the lost text.
1009 \begin_layout Standard
1010 \begin_inset Index idx
1013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1019 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1028 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1039 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1041 \begin_inset space ~
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1056 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1060 \begin_inset space ~
1065 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1066 will start a new paragraph.
1069 \begin_layout Standard
1070 \begin_inset Index idx
1073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 \begin_inset Index idx
1083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1091 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1115 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1120 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 button to skip the current word.
1141 \begin_inset space ~
1146 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1150 \begin_inset space ~
1155 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1157 If the toggle is set, searching for
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 will not match the word
1170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1184 Match whole words only
1186 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1215 LyX offers also an advanced
1218 \begin_inset space ~
1222 \begin_inset space ~
1227 feature that is described in sec.
1228 \begin_inset space ~
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1234 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1243 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1245 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1250 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1257 \begin_layout Section
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset Index idx
1272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1281 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1290 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1293 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1296 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Graphics
1298 filename ../images/undo.png
1300 groupId toolbarbuttons
1304 to undo some mistake.
1305 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1307 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1310 or the toolbar button
1311 \begin_inset Graphics
1312 filename ../images/redo.png
1314 groupId toolbarbuttons
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Enumerate
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1449 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1454 \begin_layout Section
1456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1458 name "sec:Navigating"
1463 \begin_inset Index idx
1466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1479 \begin_layout Itemize
1484 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1485 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 or the toolbar button
1495 \begin_inset Graphics
1496 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1498 groupId toolbarbuttons
1505 \begin_layout Standard
1506 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1507 (TOC) that is described in section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1514 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1519 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1520 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1521 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1522 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1523 to the document, see section
1524 \begin_inset space ~
1528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1530 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1539 option sorts the current list, and the
1543 option keeps it in the current view state.
1544 Keeping means that when you have e.
1545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1549 \begin_inset space \space{}
1552 the subsections of section
1553 \begin_inset space ~
1556 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1557 \begin_inset space ~
1560 3, the subsections of section
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1564 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1569 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1570 \begin_inset space ~
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1578 \begin_inset space \space{}
1582 \begin_inset Graphics
1583 filename ../images/down.png
1585 groupId toolbarbuttons
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1594 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 \begin_inset Graphics
1599 filename ../images/up.png
1601 groupId toolbarbuttons
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1611 So you can for example move section
1612 \begin_inset space ~
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1622 \begin_inset Graphics
1623 filename ../images/promote.png
1625 groupId toolbarbuttons
1630 \begin_inset Graphics
1631 filename ../images/demote.png
1633 groupId toolbarbuttons
1637 or the corresponding key bindings
1645 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1646 So you can for example make section
1647 \begin_inset space ~
1651 \begin_inset space ~
1655 \begin_inset space ~
1661 \begin_layout Standard
1663 \begin_inset Graphics
1664 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1666 groupId toolbarbuttons
1670 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1671 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1672 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1673 go back to your last editing position.
1676 \begin_layout Section
1677 Input / Word Completion
1678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1680 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1685 \begin_inset Index idx
1688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1695 \begin_inset Index idx
1698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1729 \begin_layout Standard
1730 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1732 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1733 is used to propose completions.
1736 \begin_layout Standard
1737 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1738 there are completions available.
1739 You can then press the
1743 key to use this completion.
1744 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1745 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1746 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1753 \begin_layout Standard
1754 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1756 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1759 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1761 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1764 by deselecting the option
1771 Automatic inline completion
1773 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1774 To accept this proposal, use the
1783 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1784 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1792 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1799 \begin_layout Section
1801 \begin_inset Index idx
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1811 \begin_inset Index idx
1814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1843 \begin_inset Index idx
1846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1877 \begin_layout Standard
1878 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1879 LyX's default is CUA.
1882 \begin_layout Standard
1886 \begin_inset space ~
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1915 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1919 \begin_layout Labeling
1920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1925 LatexCommand nomenclature
1927 description "Tabulator key"
1933 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1934 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1935 \begin_inset space ~
1939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1941 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1948 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1952 , especially section
1953 \begin_inset space ~
1957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1959 reference "sub:Lists"
1965 If you're still confused, look in the
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1977 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1978 LatexCommand nomenclature
1980 description "Escape key"
1987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1994 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1995 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1998 \begin_layout Labeling
1999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2005 \begin_inset space ~
2009 \begin_inset space ~
2016 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2017 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2021 \begin_layout Standard
2022 There are three modifier keys:
2025 \begin_layout Labeling
2026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2044 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2045 LatexCommand nomenclature
2047 description "Control key"
2051 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2052 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2056 \begin_layout Itemize
2065 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2068 \begin_layout Itemize
2077 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2080 \begin_layout Itemize
2089 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2093 \begin_layout Labeling
2094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2113 LatexCommand nomenclature
2115 description "Shift key"
2119 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2120 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2123 \begin_layout Labeling
2124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2143 LatexCommand nomenclature
2145 description "Alt or Meta key"
2149 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2150 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2151 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2157 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2159 menu accelerator keys
2162 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2163 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2167 \begin_layout Standard
2168 For example, the sequence
2169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2175 \begin_inset space ~
2179 \begin_inset space ~
2185 \begin_inset space ~
2193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2212 \begin_inset space ~
2218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2233 manual lists all other things bound to the
2241 \begin_layout Standard
2242 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2243 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2244 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2245 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2246 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2247 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2248 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2249 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2265 followed by a capital
2272 \begin_layout Standard
2273 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2275 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2280 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2283 as explained in sec.
2284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2290 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2297 \begin_layout Chapter
2299 \begin_inset Index idx
2302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 \begin_layout Section
2313 \begin_inset Index idx
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2325 \begin_layout Subsection
2329 \begin_layout Standard
2330 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2331 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2332 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2333 numbering schemes, and so on.
2334 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2335 and format the title of your document differently.
2338 \begin_layout Standard
2343 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2344 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2345 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2346 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2347 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2352 how to adjust their properties.
2355 \begin_layout Subsection
2357 \begin_inset Index idx
2360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2369 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2376 \begin_layout Standard
2377 You can select a class using the
2379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2380 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2384 \begin_inset Index idx
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2394 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2407 \begin_layout Description
2408 Article for basic articles
2411 \begin_layout Description
2412 Report for basic reports
2415 \begin_layout Description
2416 Book for writing a book
2419 \begin_layout Description
2420 Letter for US-style letters
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2424 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2425 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2426 will include many of these.
2427 Here are some of the classes.
2428 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2430 Special Document Classes
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2455 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2456 There are three article layouts available.
2457 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2458 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2459 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2460 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2465 sequential numbering
2466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2469 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2470 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2471 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2472 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Beamer Layout for presentations
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2481 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2489 \begin_layout Description
2491 \begin_inset space ~
2494 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Foils Used to make transparencies
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2507 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2511 \begin_layout Description
2512 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2513 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2526 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2527 (Is used by this document.)
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2538 \begin_layout Description
2543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2550 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2551 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2553 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2556 \begin_layout Description
2557 Slides Used to make transparencies
2560 \begin_layout Description
2562 \begin_inset space ~
2565 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2566 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2573 \begin_layout Standard
2574 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2576 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2582 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2583 of the document classes.
2586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2590 \begin_layout Standard
2592 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2593 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2594 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2595 You will probably find
2597 that many of the document classes listed under
2599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2600 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2623 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2624 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2625 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2626 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2631 \begin_inset space ~
2640 receive a warning saying that
2641 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2642 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2644 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2645 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2649 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2653 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2656 that something is wrong.
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2663 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2667 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2668 and some of them, like
2672 , are highly specialized.
2674 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2677 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2678 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2679 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2680 by some document class.
2681 There are just too many of them.
2682 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2685 \begin_layout Standard
2686 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2695 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2696 document class for a new file.
2697 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2702 Installing new LaTeX files
2703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2710 manual for information on how to install them.
2711 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2719 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2721 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2722 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2723 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2725 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2728 \begin_inset space ~
2735 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2747 \begin_inset Index idx
2750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2759 \begin_layout Standard
2760 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2761 chosen document class.
2762 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2763 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2774 \begin_inset Index idx
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2788 \begin_layout Standard
2789 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2790 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2791 or file format converters
2793 that are not always installed by default.
2794 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2795 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2797 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2801 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2802 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2805 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2806 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2807 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2808 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2810 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2814 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2816 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2818 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2821 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2823 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2827 \begin_inset Index idx
2830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2831 Reconfiguration of LyX
2837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2840 Installing new LaTeX files
2841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2848 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2851 \begin_layout Standard
2852 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2860 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2861 LyX will advise you about these things.
2869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2873 \begin_layout Standard
2874 Each class has a default set of options.
2875 Here's a quick table describing them:
2878 \begin_layout Standard
2879 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2885 \begin_layout Standard
2887 \begin_inset Tabular
2888 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2889 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 \begin_layout Standard
3349 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3355 \begin_layout Standard
3356 You're probably also wondering what
3357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3361 \begin_inset space ~
3365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3369 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3370 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3375 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3380 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3390 headings, there are also
3398 headings, and so on.
3399 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3400 \begin_inset space ~
3404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3406 reference "sub:Headings"
3413 \begin_layout Subsection
3415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3417 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3422 \begin_inset Index idx
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_inset Index idx
3437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3446 \begin_layout Standard
3447 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3460 \begin_inset space ~
3465 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3467 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3468 to use for your document.
3469 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3486 \begin_inset space ~
3491 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3492 You can choose between the following five options:
3495 \begin_layout Labeling
3496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3501 Use default page style of current class.
3504 \begin_layout Labeling
3505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3510 No page numbers or headings.
3513 \begin_layout Labeling
3514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3522 \begin_layout Labeling
3523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3528 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3529 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3530 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3533 \begin_layout Labeling
3534 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3539 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3545 \begin_inset Index idx
3548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3549 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3555 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3556 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3558 Check the documentation for the
3562 package for more details,
3563 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3572 \begin_layout Standard
3577 of paragraphs is described in section
3578 \begin_inset space ~
3582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3584 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3591 \begin_layout Subsection
3592 Paper Size and Orientation
3593 \begin_inset Index idx
3596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3597 Document ! Paper size
3603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3605 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3612 \begin_layout Standard
3613 You'll find the following options in the menu
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3621 of the dialog of the
3623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3629 \begin_inset Index idx
3632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3641 \begin_layout Labeling
3642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 \begin_inset space ~
3651 What size paper to print on.
3655 \begin_layout Itemize
3661 \begin_layout Itemize
3671 \begin_layout Itemize
3677 \begin_layout Itemize
3683 \begin_layout Itemize
3689 \begin_layout Itemize
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 \begin_layout Labeling
3702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3707 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3718 \begin_layout Labeling
3719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3723 \begin_inset space ~
3728 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3729 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3732 \begin_layout Subsection
3734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3741 \begin_inset Index idx
3744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3751 \begin_inset Index idx
3754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3764 Paper margins are set in the menu
3766 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3770 \begin_inset Index idx
3773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3782 \begin_layout Standard
3783 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3784 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3785 the paper format and the font size into account.
3788 \begin_layout Subsection
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3793 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3798 That includes the paragraph environments.
3799 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3800 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3801 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3802 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3811 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3813 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3814 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3815 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3818 \begin_layout Section
3819 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3824 Paragraph ! Indentation
3832 \begin_layout Subsection
3834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3836 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3843 \begin_layout Standard
3844 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3845 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3848 \begin_layout Standard
3849 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3850 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3851 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3852 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3856 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3862 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3863 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3864 language than English.
3865 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3870 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3872 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3873 LyX takes care of that.
3874 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3876 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3877 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3878 of a page, and so on.
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3888 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3889 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3893 of these pre-coded spacings.
3894 We'll explain more later.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3898 Paragraph Separation
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3903 Paragraph ! Separation
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 To separate paragraphs, select
3923 \begin_inset space ~
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3934 \begin_inset Index idx
3937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3943 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3944 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3945 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3948 \begin_layout Standard
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3960 \begin_inset space ~
3964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3966 reference "cap:Units"
3971 The default length is 30
3972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3978 \begin_layout Subsection
3982 \begin_layout Standard
3983 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3988 \begin_inset space ~
3993 dialog and toggle the
3996 \begin_inset space ~
4001 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4004 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4008 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4009 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4013 \begin_layout Standard
4014 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4015 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4018 \begin_layout Subsection
4020 \begin_inset Index idx
4023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4024 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4032 \begin_layout Standard
4035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4051 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4054 \begin_inset space ~
4063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4064 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4069 \begin_inset Index idx
4072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4073 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4078 installed to use this feature.
4086 \begin_layout Section
4087 Paragraph Environments
4088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4090 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4095 \begin_inset Index idx
4098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 Paragraph ! Environments
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4109 Paragraph environments|(
4117 \begin_layout Subsection
4121 \begin_layout Standard
4122 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4125 \begin_layout Standard
4144 \begin_inset Newline newline
4147 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4148 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4149 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4158 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 A paragraph environment is simply a
4163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4170 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4171 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4172 scheme, labels, and so on.
4173 Additionally, you can
4174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4181 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4182 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4183 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4184 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4185 days of typewriters.
4186 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4188 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4191 \begin_layout Standard
4192 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4193 \begin_inset Graphics
4194 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4200 at the left end of the toolbar.
4201 LyX will change the environment of the
4205 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4206 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4207 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4220 create a new paragraph using the
4224 paragraph environment.
4226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4233 because if you are in one of these environments:
4236 \begin_layout Itemize
4242 \begin_layout Itemize
4248 \begin_layout Itemize
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Standard
4279 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4283 , rather than resetting it to
4288 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4289 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4290 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4291 \begin_inset space ~
4295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4297 reference "sec:Nesting"
4302 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4307 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4308 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4318 \begin_layout Subsection
4322 \begin_layout Standard
4323 The default paragraph environment is
4328 It creates a plain paragraph.
4329 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4330 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4331 this manual) are in the
4338 \begin_layout Standard
4339 You can nest a paragraph using the
4343 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4351 \begin_layout Subsection
4353 \begin_inset Index idx
4356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4375 for thanks or contact information.
4376 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4377 page along with today's date.
4378 For other types of documents, the title
4379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4386 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4405 Here's how you use them:
4408 \begin_layout Itemize
4409 Put the title of your document in the
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 Put the author name in the
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4426 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4432 Note that using this environment is optional.
4433 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4434 If you don't want any date, add the line
4435 \begin_inset Newline newline
4445 \begin_inset Newline newline
4448 to the preamble of your document (menu
4450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 You can use footnotes to insert
4458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4465 or contact information.
4468 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_inset Index idx
4473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4490 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4491 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset Index idx
4499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4500 Section headings ! Numbered
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Enumerate
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4557 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4558 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4562 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4563 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4564 You group the book into chapters.
4565 LyX does similar grouping:
4568 \begin_layout Itemize
4573 is divided in either
4584 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 \begin_layout Itemize
4608 \begin_layout Itemize
4620 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4644 \begin_layout Standard
4645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4653 Not all document types use the
4657 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4662 is the top-level heading.
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4675 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4676 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4678 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4692 \begin_inset Index idx
4695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4696 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4704 \begin_layout Standard
4705 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4709 \begin_layout Enumerate
4715 \begin_layout Enumerate
4721 \begin_layout Enumerate
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4748 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4749 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4750 table of contents, see section
4751 \begin_inset space ~
4755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4765 Changing the Numbering
4766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4768 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4775 \begin_layout Standard
4776 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4777 in the Table of Contents.
4778 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4780 Certain classes start with
4794 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4804 This is something you can change.
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4816 \begin_inset Index idx
4819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4830 \begin_inset space ~
4834 \begin_inset space ~
4839 you'll see two counters.
4844 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4846 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4851 Short Titles of Headings
4852 \begin_inset Index idx
4855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4856 Section headings ! Short titles
4862 \begin_inset Argument
4865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4874 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4882 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4883 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4884 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4885 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4888 \begin_layout Standard
4889 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4890 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4891 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4892 To specify a short title, use the menu
4894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4896 \begin_inset space ~
4902 This will insert a box labeled
4903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4918 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4919 This also works for captions inside floats.
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4931 The following information applies to all section headings:
4934 \begin_layout Itemize
4935 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4938 \begin_layout Itemize
4939 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4942 \begin_layout Itemize
4943 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4946 \begin_layout Itemize
4947 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4950 \begin_layout Subsection
4951 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4969 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4970 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4971 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4972 the text they contain.
4973 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4981 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4984 \begin_layout Standard
4985 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4994 when you start a new paragraph.
4995 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4999 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5000 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5001 to change back to the
5005 environment yourself.
5008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5039 time for the differences.
5048 are identical except for one difference:
5052 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5061 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 Here's an example of the
5078 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5080 See – no indentation!
5084 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5085 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5086 the other paragraph.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5090 Here's another example, this time in the
5097 \begin_layout Quotation
5103 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5104 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5105 the first line, then
5109 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5113 you were quoting other text.
5116 \begin_layout Quotation
5117 Here's a new paragraph.
5118 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5119 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5123 As the examples show,
5127 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5128 They should put quotes in the
5133 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5137 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5140 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5146 \begin_inset Index idx
5149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5158 \begin_inset Index idx
5161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5177 \begin_layout Standard
5182 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5188 \begin_inset Newline newline
5191 Which I did not rehearse!
5195 It could be much worse.
5196 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5198 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5199 indented a bit more than the first.
5200 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 And make things look fine
5210 \begin_inset Newline newline
5216 arg "newline-insert newline"
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5227 does not indent both margins.
5228 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5229 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5236 arg "newline-insert newline"
5242 \begin_layout Subsection
5244 \begin_inset Index idx
5247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5264 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5274 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5283 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5284 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5285 some general features of all four of them.
5288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5292 \begin_layout Standard
5293 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5295 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5304 reset the environment to
5308 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5309 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5310 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5314 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5317 to break paragraphs.
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5321 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5322 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5324 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5325 you read all of section
5326 \begin_inset space ~
5330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5332 reference "sec:Nesting"
5340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5346 \begin_inset Index idx
5349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5365 \begin_layout Standard
5366 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5370 paragraph environment.
5371 It has the following properties:
5374 \begin_layout Itemize
5375 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5379 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5383 \begin_layout Itemize
5384 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5388 \begin_layout Itemize
5389 The items can have any length.
5390 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5391 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 environment inside another
5407 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5419 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 \begin_inset space ~
5425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5427 reference "sec:Nesting"
5431 for a full explanation of nesting.
5435 \begin_layout Standard
5436 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5445 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5448 \begin_layout Standard
5449 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5450 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5453 \begin_layout Itemize
5454 The label for the first level
5458 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 The label for the second level is a dash.
5467 \begin_layout Itemize
5468 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5472 \begin_layout Itemize
5473 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5477 \begin_layout Itemize
5478 Back out to the third level.
5482 \begin_layout Itemize
5483 Back to the second level.
5487 \begin_layout Itemize
5488 Back to the outermost level.
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 These are the default labels for an
5497 You can customize these labels in the
5499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5502 dialog in the submenu
5509 \begin_inset Index idx
5512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5521 \begin_layout Standard
5522 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5523 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5525 \begin_inset space ~
5529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5531 reference "sec:Nesting"
5538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5544 \begin_inset Index idx
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5556 name "sec:Enumerate"
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5568 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5569 It has these properties:
5572 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 environment resets the counter to one.
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 \begin_layout Enumerate
5608 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5609 Items can have any length.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5620 \begin_layout Enumerate
5621 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5625 \begin_layout Standard
5634 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5635 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5642 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 The first level of an
5647 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5656 \begin_layout Enumerate
5657 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5671 \begin_layout Enumerate
5672 Back to the third level
5676 \begin_layout Enumerate
5677 Back to the second level.
5681 \begin_layout Enumerate
5682 Back to the outermost level.
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5686 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5691 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5696 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 There is more to nesting
5705 environments than we've stated here.
5706 You should read section
5707 \begin_inset space ~
5711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5713 reference "sec:Nesting"
5717 to learn more about nesting.
5720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5726 \begin_inset Index idx
5729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5738 \begin_layout Standard
5739 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5743 list has no fixed label.
5744 Instead, LyX uses the first
5745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5752 of the first line as the label.
5756 \begin_layout Description
5757 Example: This is an example of the
5764 \begin_layout Standard
5765 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5769 \begin_layout Standard
5771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5778 it is meant that the first hit of the
5782 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5784 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5792 arg "space-insert protected"
5797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5798 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5806 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5812 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5816 for more info.) Here is an example:
5819 \begin_layout Description
5821 \begin_inset space ~
5824 Example: This one shows how to use a
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5839 \begin_layout Description
5840 Usage: You should use the
5844 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5845 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5847 It's not a good idea to use a
5851 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5852 You're better off using
5864 paragraphs into them.
5867 \begin_layout Description
5868 Nesting: You can nest
5872 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5878 them from the first line.
5881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5887 \begin_inset Index idx
5890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5904 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5907 \begin_layout Standard
5908 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5916 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5921 environment is named
5933 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5943 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 \begin_inset space ~
5952 labels LyX uses the first
5953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5960 of each line as the item label.
5965 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5966 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5967 blank as described above.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5973 the body of the item text.
5974 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5975 label width plus a little extra space.
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5985 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5987 If the label width is larger, the label
5988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5995 into the first line.
5996 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5997 margin of the rest of the item text.
6000 \begin_layout Labeling
6001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6006 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6011 environment have the same left margin.
6012 \begin_inset Newline newline
6015 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6029 \begin_inset space ~
6034 determines the default label width.
6035 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6044 multiple times instead.
6045 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6054 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6057 \begin_inset space ~
6062 every time you alter a label in a
6067 \begin_inset Newline newline
6070 The predefined default width is the length of
6071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6080 \begin_inset Newline newline
6084 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6092 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6093 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6106 environment the same way like the
6110 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6116 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6125 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6127 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6135 reference "sec:Nesting"
6139 to learn about nesting.
6142 \begin_layout Standard
6143 There is yet another feature of the
6147 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6149 You can use additional
6153 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6158 are documented in section
6159 \begin_inset space ~
6163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6165 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6170 Here are some examples:
6171 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6177 \begin_layout Labeling
6178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6179 Left The default for
6186 \begin_layout Labeling
6187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6188 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6195 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6198 \begin_layout Labeling
6199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6211 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6214 \begin_layout Subsection
6216 \begin_inset Index idx
6219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6236 \begin_inset space ~
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6259 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6260 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6261 In contrast, you can use the
6268 \begin_inset space ~
6273 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6274 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 Of course, you're not limited to using
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6295 \begin_inset space ~
6300 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6301 some European academic papers.
6304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6308 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6315 \begin_layout Standard
6320 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6321 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6325 \begin_inset space ~
6330 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6331 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6332 Here's an example of each:
6335 \begin_layout Right Address
6337 \begin_inset Newline newline
6341 \begin_inset Newline newline
6345 \begin_inset Newline newline
6348 When is it? What is today?
6351 \begin_layout Standard
6355 \begin_inset space ~
6361 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6362 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6363 Here's an example of the
6370 \begin_layout Address
6372 \begin_inset Newline newline
6375 Where do I send this
6376 \begin_inset Newline newline
6379 Your post office and country
6382 \begin_layout Standard
6383 As you can see, both
6390 \begin_inset space ~
6395 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6400 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6406 This makes sense, since
6414 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6415 Thus, you have to use
6422 arg "newline-insert newline"
6428 \begin_inset space ~
6431 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6433 \begin_inset space ~
6442 menu) to start a new line in an
6449 \begin_inset space ~
6457 \begin_layout Subsection
6461 \begin_layout Standard
6462 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6463 or list of references.
6464 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6471 \begin_inset Index idx
6474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6488 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6489 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6490 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6491 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6495 in anything else or vice versa.
6501 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6502 The book document classes ignores the
6506 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6510 in a letter document class.
6513 \begin_layout Standard
6518 environment does several things for you.
6519 First, it puts the centered label
6520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6528 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6530 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6531 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6532 the subsequent text.
6533 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6534 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6537 \begin_layout Standard
6538 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6542 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6543 The new paragraph will still be in the
6548 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6549 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6552 \begin_layout Standard
6553 \begin_inset Float figure
6558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6560 \begin_inset Graphics
6561 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6569 \begin_inset Caption
6571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6574 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6596 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6600 environment, but since this document is in the
6601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6608 class, we can't do this.
6609 We inserted it therefore as figure
6610 \begin_inset space ~
6614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6616 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6621 If you've never heard of an
6622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6629 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6638 \begin_inset Index idx
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6650 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6657 \begin_layout Standard
6662 environment is used to list references.
6663 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6664 only use it at the end of the document.
6669 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6673 When you first open a
6677 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6693 depending on the document class.
6694 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6695 Each paragraph of the
6699 environment is a bibliography entry.
6704 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6705 Each new paragraph is still in the
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6713 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6714 by using a BibTeX database.
6715 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6716 phy handling, have a look at in section
6717 \begin_inset space ~
6721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6723 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6730 \begin_layout Subsection
6734 \begin_inset Index idx
6737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6738 Paragraph ! LyX code
6744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6758 environment is another LyX extension.
6759 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6764 key as a fixed whitespace;
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6780 \begin_inset space ~
6785 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6790 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6791 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6794 arg "newline-insert newline"
6811 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6812 So, when you finish using the
6816 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6817 Also, you can nest the
6821 environment inside of others.
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6828 \begin_layout Itemize
6832 arg "newline-insert newline"
6835 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6840 \begin_inset space \space{}
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6860 arg "newline-insert newline"
6871 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6883 \begin_layout Itemize
6887 arg "space-insert protected"
6894 \begin_layout Itemize
6895 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6896 You must put at least one
6900 in any line you want blank.
6901 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6904 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6909 since that will insert
6914 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6917 arg "self-insert \""
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6927 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6931 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6935 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6939 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6943 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6944 printf("Hello World!
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout Standard
6958 This is just the standard
6959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6970 \begin_layout Standard
6975 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6976 rc-files, and so on.
6977 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6978 as if you used a typewriter.
6979 \begin_inset Index idx
6982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6983 Paragraph environments|)
6991 \begin_layout Section
6992 Nesting Environments
6993 \begin_inset Index idx
6996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6997 Nesting ! Environments
7003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7012 \begin_layout Subsection
7016 \begin_layout Standard
7017 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7019 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7021 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7023 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7035 \begin_layout Enumerate
7039 \begin_layout Enumerate
7044 \begin_layout Enumerate
7048 \begin_layout Enumerate
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Standard
7058 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7059 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7062 \begin_inset space ~
7066 \begin_inset space ~
7074 \begin_inset space ~
7078 \begin_inset space ~
7087 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7088 will tell you how far you are nested).
7089 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7090 \begin_inset Graphics
7091 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7093 groupId toolbarbuttons
7098 \begin_inset Graphics
7099 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7101 groupId toolbarbuttons
7105 or the convenient key bindings
7116 arg "depth-increment"
7122 arg "depth-decrement"
7125 to change the nesting level.
7126 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7127 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7132 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7133 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7134 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7135 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7138 \begin_layout Standard
7139 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7140 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7142 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7145 \begin_layout Subsection
7146 What You Can and Can't Nest
7149 \begin_layout Standard
7150 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7151 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7154 \begin_layout Standard
7155 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7156 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7157 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7161 Completely unnestable
7164 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7170 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7175 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7176 environments have them:
7179 \begin_layout Description
7180 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7181 Can't nest into them.
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Description
7218 \begin_inset space ~
7221 Nestable You can nest them.
7222 You can nest other things into them.
7226 \begin_layout Itemize
7232 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Itemize
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7250 \begin_layout Itemize
7256 \begin_layout Itemize
7262 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 \begin_layout Description
7276 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7277 You can't nest anything into them.
7281 \begin_layout Itemize
7287 \begin_layout Itemize
7293 \begin_layout Itemize
7299 \begin_layout Itemize
7305 \begin_layout Itemize
7311 \begin_layout Itemize
7317 \begin_layout Itemize
7323 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_layout Itemize
7335 \begin_layout Itemize
7341 \begin_layout Itemize
7347 \begin_layout Itemize
7353 \begin_layout Itemize
7359 \begin_layout Itemize
7363 \begin_inset space ~
7369 \begin_layout Itemize
7376 \begin_layout Standard
7377 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7385 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7394 \begin_inset space ~
7398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7402 \begin_inset space \space{}
7405 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7406 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7407 section headings violate this.
7415 \begin_layout Subsection
7416 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7417 \begin_inset Index idx
7420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7421 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7429 \begin_layout Standard
7430 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7431 affected by nesting anyhow.
7435 \begin_layout Itemize
7439 \begin_layout Itemize
7443 \begin_layout Itemize
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 Figures and tables in
7461 are not affected by this.
7466 Have a look at section
7467 \begin_inset space ~
7471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7473 reference "sec:Floats"
7477 for more information about
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7485 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7486 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7491 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7499 of its own, it behaves just like a
7500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7507 paragraph environment.
7508 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7512 \begin_layout Standard
7513 Here's an example with a table:
7516 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 \begin_layout Enumerate
7522 This is (a) and it's nested.
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7535 \begin_inset Tabular
7536 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7537 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 \begin_layout Standard
7624 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7631 \begin_layout Enumerate
7633 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7637 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 \begin_layout Enumerate
7651 This is (a) and it's nested.
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7664 \begin_inset Tabular
7665 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7666 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7766 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7769 \begin_layout Enumerate
7773 \begin_layout Standard
7774 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7778 \begin_layout Standard
7779 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7781 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7784 \begin_layout Enumerate
7789 \begin_layout Enumerate
7790 This is (a) and it's nested.
7793 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7802 \begin_inset Tabular
7803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7804 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7890 \begin_layout Standard
7891 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7897 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7907 \begin_layout Enumerate
7911 \begin_layout Standard
7912 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7918 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7919 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7923 \begin_layout Subsection
7924 Usage and General Features
7927 \begin_layout Standard
7928 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7937 is the innermost possible depth.
7938 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7941 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 level #1 – outermost
7946 \begin_layout Enumerate
7951 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7961 \begin_layout Itemize
7966 \begin_layout Itemize
7975 \begin_layout Standard
7976 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7977 both of them in the example.
7978 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7988 For example, if we tried to nest another
7993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8000 , we would get errors.
8003 \begin_layout Subsection
8005 \begin_inset Index idx
8008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8018 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8019 We have several examples of nested environments.
8020 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8025 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8028 \begin_layout Labeling
8029 \labelwidthstring MMM
8030 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8039 \begin_layout Labeling
8040 \labelwidthstring MMM
8041 #2-a This is level #2.
8042 We created it by using
8045 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8051 arg "depth-increment"
8058 \begin_layout Labeling
8059 \labelwidthstring MMM
8060 #3-a This is level #3.
8061 This time, we just hit
8068 arg "depth-increment"
8072 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8076 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8089 \begin_layout Standard
8094 environment, nested inside of
8095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8103 So, it's at level #4.
8104 We did this by hitting
8107 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8113 arg "depth-increment"
8116 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8121 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8137 \begin_layout Standard
8142 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8145 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8151 \begin_layout Labeling
8152 \labelwidthstring MMM
8153 #4-a This is level #4.
8157 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8160 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8165 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8169 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8174 keep nesting things inside
8175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8186 \begin_layout Labeling
8187 \labelwidthstring MMM
8188 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8193 \begin_layout Labeling
8194 \labelwidthstring MMM
8195 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8196 and this is level #6.
8197 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8201 \begin_layout Labeling
8202 \labelwidthstring MMM
8203 #5-b Back to level #5.
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-decrement"
8220 \begin_layout Labeling
8221 \labelwidthstring MMM
8225 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8231 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 , we're back at level #4.
8238 \begin_layout Labeling
8239 \labelwidthstring MMM
8240 #3-b Back to level #3.
8241 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8245 \begin_layout Labeling
8246 \labelwidthstring MMM
8247 #2-b Back to level #2.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8255 After this sentence, we'll hit
8259 and change the paragraph environment back to
8266 \begin_layout Standard
8267 We could have also used the
8283 environment in place of the
8288 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8292 Example 2: Inheritance
8295 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8296 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8299 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8308 arg "depth-increment"
8311 , after which, we'll change to the
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 environment, at level #2.
8327 \begin_layout Enumerate
8328 Notice how the nested
8332 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8336 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8340 \begin_layout Standard
8341 We ended this example by hitting
8346 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8350 and reset the nesting depth by using
8353 arg "depth-decrement"
8359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8360 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8369 \begin_inset Argument
8372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8373 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8381 \begin_layout Enumerate
8382 This is level #1, in an
8386 paragraph environment.
8387 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8391 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8402 arg "depth-increment"
8406 Now, what happens if we nest an
8410 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8411 label be? An asterisk?
8415 \begin_layout Itemize
8425 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8426 So, its label is a bullet.
8427 (We got here by using
8430 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8436 arg "depth-increment"
8439 , then changing the environment to
8447 \begin_layout Itemize
8448 Here's level #4, produced using
8451 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8457 arg "depth-increment"
8461 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8466 \begin_layout Enumerate
8467 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8469 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8474 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8478 , because we are in the
8487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8506 \begin_layout Enumerate
8511 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8512 type of numbering does LyX use?
8515 \begin_layout Enumerate
8516 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8519 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8522 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8525 \begin_layout Enumerate
8529 arg "depth-decrement"
8532 to decrease the depth after the next
8535 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8544 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8548 \begin_layout Enumerate
8550 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8551 numeral as the label.Why?
8554 \begin_layout Enumerate
8555 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8564 Notice, however, that LyX
8568 reset the counter for the label.
8572 \begin_layout Enumerate
8576 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8582 arg "depth-decrement"
8585 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8586 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8587 into the twofold-nested
8595 \begin_layout Enumerate
8596 The same thing happens if we do another
8599 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8605 arg "depth-decrement"
8608 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8611 \begin_layout Standard
8612 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8617 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8631 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8637 The same rule applies for the
8641 environment, as well.
8644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8645 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8648 \begin_layout Enumerate
8649 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8650 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8651 same detail with how we did it.
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8668 arg "depth-increment"
8675 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8676 example in parentheses someplace.
8677 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8678 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8679 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8683 \begin_layout Enumerate
8688 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8693 Now we'll add verse.
8694 \begin_inset Newline newline
8697 It will get much worse.
8698 \begin_inset Newline newline
8708 arg "depth-increment"
8719 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8720 \begin_inset Newline newline
8723 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8724 \begin_inset Newline newline
8730 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8743 \begin_layout Standard
8744 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8750 \begin_layout Standard
8752 \begin_inset Tabular
8753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8754 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8845 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8855 arg "depth-increment"
8861 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8871 arg "depth-decrement"
8878 \begin_layout Enumerate
8883 : level #1) This is another item.
8884 Note that selecting a
8888 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8889 3 times to put the table inside the
8897 \begin_layout Quotation
8898 We're now ending the
8902 list and changing to
8907 We're still at level #1.
8908 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8909 The next set of paragraphs is a
8910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8924 \begin_inset space ~
8929 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8933 for the letter body.
8937 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8940 to preserve the depth.
8941 Remember that you need to use
8944 arg "newline-insert newline"
8947 to create multiple lines inside the
8954 \begin_inset space ~
8964 \begin_layout Right Address
8966 \begin_inset Newline newline
8969 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8970 \begin_inset Newline newline
8976 \begin_layout Address
8978 \begin_inset space ~
8984 \begin_layout Quotation
8985 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8989 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8990 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8991 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8992 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8993 as soon as possible.
8994 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8997 \begin_layout Quotation
8998 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8999 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9000 with your order, along with payment.
9003 \begin_layout Quotation
9004 We thank you again for your patience.
9007 \begin_layout Address
9009 \begin_inset Newline newline
9016 \begin_layout Quotation
9017 That ends that example!
9020 \begin_layout Standard
9021 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9022 just a few keystrokes.
9023 We could have easily nested an
9044 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9047 \begin_layout Section
9048 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9049 \begin_inset Index idx
9052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9061 \begin_layout Standard
9062 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9063 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9064 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9065 be broken at the end of a line.
9066 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9070 \begin_layout Subsection
9072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9074 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9079 \begin_inset Index idx
9082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9091 \begin_layout Standard
9092 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9094 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9098 Further documentation is given in section
9099 \begin_inset Newline newline
9103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9105 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9113 \begin_layout Standard
9114 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9129 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9138 A protected space is set with
9140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9141 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9155 arg "space-insert protected"
9161 \begin_layout Subsection
9163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9165 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9170 \begin_inset Index idx
9173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9174 Spacing ! Horizontal
9182 \begin_layout Standard
9183 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9186 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9190 The length units are listed in Appendix
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9197 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9208 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9213 \begin_inset Index idx
9216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9231 \begin_inset space \space{}
9234 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9235 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9236 \begin_inset space ~
9240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9242 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9247 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9248 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9251 arg "space-insert normal"
9257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9261 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9266 \begin_inset Index idx
9269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9287 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9296 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9297 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9298 inside abbreviations:
9303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9307 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9310 \begin_layout Standard
9311 or between values and units.
9312 Compare for example this:
9313 \begin_inset Newline newline
9317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_layout Standard
9328 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9333 \begin_inset space ~
9341 arg "space-insert thin"
9347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9351 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9358 \begin_layout Standard
9359 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9362 \begin_layout Description
9364 \begin_inset space ~
9368 \begin_inset space ~
9372 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9376 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9380 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9383 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9386 \begin_layout Description
9388 \begin_inset space ~
9392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9396 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9400 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9404 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 em) space between the arrows.
9414 \begin_layout Description
9416 \begin_inset space ~
9420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9428 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9432 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9436 \begin_inset space ~
9440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9443 em) space between the arrows.
9446 \begin_layout Description
9448 \begin_inset space ~
9452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9456 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9460 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9464 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9468 \begin_inset space ~
9472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9475 em) space between the arrows.
9478 \begin_layout Description
9480 \begin_inset space ~
9484 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9488 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9493 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9500 cm space between the arrows.
9503 \begin_layout Standard
9505 \begin_inset space ~
9509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9511 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9515 lists the different space sizes.
9518 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset Float table
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9526 \begin_inset Caption
9528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9531 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9535 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 \begin_inset Tabular
9546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9547 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9772 \begin_inset Index idx
9775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9784 \begin_layout Standard
9785 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9786 in a uniform fashion.
9787 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9788 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9789 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9790 equally between themselves.
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9795 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9800 This is on the left side
9801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9804 This is on the right
9810 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9823 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9827 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 That was an example in the
9844 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9848 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9852 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9855 is one in a standard paragraph.
9856 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9860 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9867 \begin_inset space ~
9872 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9887 \begin_layout Standard
9889 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9893 \begin_inset space ~
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9901 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9905 \begin_inset space ~
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9913 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9917 \begin_inset space ~
9923 \begin_layout Standard
9925 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9935 \begin_layout Standard
9937 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9941 \begin_inset space ~
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9948 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9956 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9960 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9961 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9962 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9966 option in the space dialog.
9974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9976 \begin_inset Index idx
9979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9989 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9995 \begin_inset space \space{}
9998 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10001 \begin_layout Standard
10002 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10005 What is correct English?:
10006 \begin_inset Newline newline
10010 \begin_inset Newline newline
10014 \begin_inset space ~
10017 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10018 \begin_inset Newline newline
10022 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10033 \begin_inset Newline newline
10037 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10054 \begin_layout Standard
10055 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset space ~
10068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10072 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10075 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10079 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10085 \begin_inset space ~
10089 \begin_inset space ~
10093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10096 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10105 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10106 That is why it is named
10107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10115 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10116 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10120 \begin_layout Subsection
10122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10124 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10129 \begin_inset Index idx
10132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10142 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10145 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10153 There you find the following sizes:
10156 \begin_layout Standard
10169 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10174 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10180 \begin_inset Index idx
10183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10184 Document ! Settings
10189 for the paragraph separation.
10190 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10207 \begin_inset Index idx
10210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10216 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10217 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10219 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10220 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10229 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10238 s are described in section
10239 \begin_inset space ~
10243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10245 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10254 If there are several
10258 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10259 You can therefore use
10263 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10271 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10272 \begin_inset space ~
10276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10278 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10296 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10297 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10309 \begin_layout Subsection
10310 Paragraph Alignment
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10316 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10320 There are five possibilities:
10323 \begin_layout Itemize
10331 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10337 \begin_layout Itemize
10345 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10351 \begin_layout Itemize
10359 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10365 \begin_layout Itemize
10373 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10393 \begin_layout Standard
10394 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10395 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10396 the left and right margins.
10397 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10402 This paragraph is right aligned,
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10407 this one is centered,
10410 \begin_layout Standard
10412 this one is left aligned.
10415 \begin_layout Subsection
10417 \begin_inset Index idx
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 Page breaks ! Forced
10427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10429 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10436 \begin_layout Standard
10437 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10438 can force a page break where you want one.
10439 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10440 Only if you use a lot of
10444 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10447 \begin_layout Standard
10448 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10449 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10453 have to change the page breaking.
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10459 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10462 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10470 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10473 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10475 \begin_inset space ~
10480 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10482 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10483 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10486 \begin_layout Standard
10487 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10488 at the top of a page.
10489 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10490 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10491 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10492 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10496 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10500 to learn more about
10507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10511 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10516 \begin_inset Index idx
10519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 Page breaks ! Clear
10528 \begin_layout Standard
10529 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10530 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10531 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10532 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10533 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10540 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10542 \begin_inset space ~
10548 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10551 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10553 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space ~
10562 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10563 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10566 \begin_layout Subsection
10568 \begin_inset Index idx
10571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10580 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10588 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10590 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10593 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_inset space ~
10599 \begin_inset space ~
10607 arg "newline-insert newline"
10611 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10620 \begin_inset space ~
10625 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10627 This is necessary to avoid
10628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10635 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10640 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10641 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10642 set a line break, e.
10643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10647 \begin_inset space \space{}
10650 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10651 \begin_inset space ~
10655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10657 reference "sec:Quote"
10662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10664 reference "sec:Verse"
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10678 \begin_layout Subsection
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10682 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10687 \begin_inset Index idx
10690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10701 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10712 \begin_layout Standard
10715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10716 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10718 \begin_inset space ~
10723 you can insert horizontal lines.
10724 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10725 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10730 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10741 \begin_layout Standard
10745 \begin_layout Section
10746 Characters and Symbols
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10750 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10751 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10756 \begin_inset space \space{}
10759 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10767 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10771 for information on how this is done.
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10780 dialog via the menu
10782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10783 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10799 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10800 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10808 \begin_layout Section
10809 Fonts and Text Styles
10810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10812 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10819 \begin_layout Subsection
10821 \begin_inset Index idx
10824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10834 There are two types of fonts:
10837 \begin_layout Description
10839 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_inset Index idx
10846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10852 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10857 characters) in the font.
10858 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10859 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10860 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10861 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10862 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10863 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10864 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10865 \begin_inset Newline newline
10868 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10869 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10870 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10871 sizes than at small ones.
10872 \begin_inset Newline newline
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10894 \begin_layout Description
10896 \begin_inset space ~
10900 \begin_inset Index idx
10903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10909 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10910 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10911 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10912 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10913 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10914 picture manipulation program.
10915 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10916 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10917 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10918 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10919 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10921 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10922 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10923 \begin_inset Newline newline
10926 Bitmap fonts are named
10929 \begin_inset space ~
10934 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10937 \begin_layout Standard
10938 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10939 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10940 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10941 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10942 use scalable fonts.
10945 \begin_layout Standard
10946 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10947 its document properties.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10952 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10953 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10954 font to emphasize text, you use an
10955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10963 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10964 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10968 \begin_layout Subsection
10970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10972 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10981 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10982 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10984 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10985 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10986 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10987 to usual word processors.
10988 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10989 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10990 across different machines.
10991 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10992 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10994 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10996 \begin_inset space ~
11000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11002 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11007 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11008 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11014 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11015 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11016 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11017 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11018 that is installed on your system.
11019 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11023 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11032 es; so you might have to experiment.
11040 \begin_layout Standard
11041 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11049 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11050 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11058 \begin_layout Subsection
11059 Document Font and Font size
11060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11062 name "sub:Document-Font"
11067 \begin_inset Index idx
11070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11077 \begin_inset Index idx
11080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11089 \begin_layout Standard
11090 You can set the document fonts in the
11092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11096 \begin_inset Index idx
11099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11100 Document ! Settings
11110 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11111 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11114 \begin_inset space ~
11123 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11124 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11128 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11145 This requires that you use
11151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 as output format, i.
11191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11195 \begin_inset space ~
11198 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11199 \begin_inset space ~
11203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11205 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11210 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11212 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11214 \begin_inset space ~
11217 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11218 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11219 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11221 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11225 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11230 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11235 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11236 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11258 European Computer Modern
11261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11268 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11280 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11281 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11286 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11289 \begin_inset space ~
11294 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11300 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11301 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11304 \begin_layout Itemize
11313 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11327 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11331 as the default font.
11332 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11333 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11346 One difference is improved kerning for the
11358 \begin_layout Itemize
11367 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11371 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11386 Virtual means that it
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11398 -glyphs from other fonts.
11399 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11421 Loading the LaTeX-package
11426 \begin_inset Index idx
11429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11430 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11435 with the document preamble line
11436 \begin_inset Newline newline
11443 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11444 \begin_inset Newline newline
11449 will fix the guillemet problem.
11454 and that accented characters are not
11458 glyph, but build of
11462 characters, the accent and the letter.
11463 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11469 If you search for example for the French word
11470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11477 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11486 and not for the glyph
11487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11491 \begin_inset space ~
11495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11501 \begin_layout Itemize
11502 If you do not like the look of
11510 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11515 \begin_inset space ~
11529 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11530 \begin_inset space ~
11533 serif and typewriter fonts
11537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11538 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11550 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11563 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11577 , but you can also select your own.
11578 \begin_inset Newline newline
11581 The differences between roman,
11584 \begin_inset space ~
11593 fonts are explained in section
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11600 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11605 \begin_inset Newline newline
11612 was originally designed for newspapers.
11613 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11614 into the small newspaper columns.
11619 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11620 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11623 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11636 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11641 depends on the class you are using.
11642 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11645 \begin_layout Standard
11646 Note that the font size is the
11651 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11652 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11653 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11656 \begin_inset space ~
11662 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11663 \begin_inset space ~
11667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11669 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11681 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11683 \begin_inset space ~
11686 serif or typewriter.
11691 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11701 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11704 \begin_layout Standard
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11722 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11734 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11739 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11740 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11747 \begin_layout Standard
11748 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11750 Use Old Style Figures
11754 Use True Small Caps
11757 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11760 Use Old Style Figures
11762 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11771 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11774 Use True Small Caps
11776 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11777 of scaled capitals.
11778 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11779 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11787 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11788 a font to display the script characters.
11792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11793 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11798 So this has no effect for the document language
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11827 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11831 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11832 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11833 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11835 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11838 dialog, see section
11839 \begin_inset space ~
11843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11845 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11857 \begin_layout Subsection
11858 Using Different Character Styles
11859 \begin_inset Index idx
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11883 certain paragraph environments.
11884 LyX supports two character styles,
11893 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11897 \begin_layout Standard
11902 style, do one of the following:
11905 \begin_layout Itemize
11906 click on the toolbar button
11907 \begin_inset Graphics
11908 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11910 groupId toolbarbuttons
11917 \begin_layout Itemize
11918 use the key binding
11927 \begin_layout Standard
11928 These commands are all toggles.
11933 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11936 \begin_layout Standard
11937 One typically uses the
11941 style for proper names.
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11950 is the original author of LyX.
11951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11957 \begin_layout Standard
11958 A more widely used character style is the
11963 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11970 \begin_layout Itemize
11971 clicking on the toolbar button
11972 \begin_inset Graphics
11973 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11975 groupId toolbarbuttons
11982 \begin_layout Itemize
11983 using the keybindings
11992 \begin_layout Standard
11997 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11998 es use a different font.
12001 \begin_layout Standard
12002 We've been using the
12006 style all over the place in this document.
12007 Here's one more example:
12010 \begin_layout Quotation
12013 Don't overuse character styles!
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12018 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12019 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12020 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12024 \begin_layout Standard
12025 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12043 \begin_layout Subsection
12044 Fine-Tuning with the
12049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12051 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12056 \begin_inset Index idx
12059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12068 \begin_layout Standard
12069 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12070 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12071 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12072 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12073 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12074 from ordinary dialog.
12077 \begin_layout Standard
12078 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12079 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12080 \begin_inset Newline newline
12083 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12084 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12087 \begin_layout Standard
12088 To use custom character styles, open the
12090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12098 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12099 font property which you can choose.
12100 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12103 \begin_inset space ~
12108 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12113 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12114 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12115 environments in a snap.
12118 \begin_layout Standard
12119 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12149 The possible options are:
12153 \begin_layout Labeling
12154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12159 This is the Roman font family.
12160 Normally a serif font.
12161 It's also the default family.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12176 \begin_inset space ~
12183 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12195 \begin_layout Labeling
12196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12203 This is the Typewriter font family.
12209 arg "font-typewriter"
12218 \begin_layout Labeling
12219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12224 This corresponds to the print weight.
12229 \begin_layout Labeling
12230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12235 This is the Medium font series.
12236 It's also the default series.
12239 \begin_layout Labeling
12240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12247 This is the Bold font series.
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 As the name implies.
12271 \begin_layout Labeling
12272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12277 This is the Upright font shape.
12278 It's also the default shape.
12281 \begin_layout Labeling
12282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12296 s the Italic font shape
12302 \begin_layout Labeling
12303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12310 This is the Slanted font shape
12312 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12315 \begin_layout Labeling
12316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12320 \begin_inset space ~
12327 This is the Small caps font shape
12334 \begin_layout Labeling
12335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12340 Alters the size of the font.
12341 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12342 nal to the document font size.
12343 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12344 what you want to do.
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 arg "font-size tiny"
12377 \begin_layout Labeling
12378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12399 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12405 \begin_layout Labeling
12406 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12427 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12433 \begin_layout Labeling
12434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12455 arg "font-size small"
12461 \begin_layout Labeling
12462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12476 It's also the default size.
12480 arg "font-size normal"
12486 \begin_layout Labeling
12487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12508 arg "font-size large"
12514 \begin_layout Labeling
12515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12536 arg "font-size larger"
12542 \begin_layout Labeling
12543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12564 arg "font-size largest"
12570 \begin_layout Labeling
12571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12592 arg "font-size huge"
12598 \begin_layout Labeling
12599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12620 arg "font-size giant"
12627 \begin_layout Standard
12632 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12633 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12634 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12635 — use that instead.
12636 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12639 \begin_layout Labeling
12640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12645 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12650 \begin_layout Labeling
12651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12658 This is text with emphasize on
12661 This might seem like the same as
12665 , but it is actually a bit different.
12671 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12673 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12676 \begin_layout Labeling
12677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12684 This is text with Underbar on.
12690 arg "font-underline"
12696 \begin_inset Newline newline
12701 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12702 when you couldn't change fonts.
12703 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12704 It's only included in LyX because some people
12708 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12711 \begin_layout Labeling
12712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12719 This is text with Noun on.
12726 , this is a logical attribute.
12727 Normally it's equivalent to
12730 \begin_inset space ~
12739 \begin_layout Labeling
12740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12745 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12746 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12750 \begin_inset space ~
12755 , which is the default
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12763 and means normally black, you can choose between
12796 \begin_inset Index idx
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12808 \begin_layout Labeling
12809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12814 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12815 the language of the document.
12816 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12822 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12824 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 \begin_inset space ~
12831 dialog, the settings are saved.
12832 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12833 \begin_inset Graphics
12834 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12836 groupId toolbarbuttons
12841 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12842 when the dialog isn't visible.
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12854 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12855 (suppose you just set the shape to
12856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12874 \begin_inset space ~
12886 \begin_layout Standard
12887 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12895 \begin_inset space ~
12907 \begin_layout Itemize
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12938 \begin_inset Newline newline
12942 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12956 \begin_inset Note Note
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12960 For more on phantoms see section
12961 \begin_inset space ~
12965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12967 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12977 \begin_inset Newline newline
12983 \begin_layout Itemize
12988 fonts use characters with serifs.
12989 These are the small
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12997 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12998 The following example will show the difference:
12999 \begin_inset Newline newline
13003 \begin_inset Newline newline
13008 text without serifs
13011 \begin_inset Newline newline
13014 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13015 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13022 \begin_layout Itemize
13028 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13029 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13032 \begin_layout Standard
13033 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13034 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13037 \begin_layout Section
13038 Printing and Previewing
13041 \begin_layout Subsection
13045 \begin_layout Standard
13046 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13047 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13048 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13049 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13050 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13052 Additional Features
13057 \begin_layout Standard
13058 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13059 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13060 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13061 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13062 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13063 This happens in two stages:
13066 \begin_layout Enumerate
13067 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13068 generating a file with the extension,
13069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_layout Enumerate
13084 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13088 file to produce printable output.
13092 \begin_layout Subsection
13093 Output file formats
13094 \begin_inset Index idx
13097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13106 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13114 Simple text (ASCII)
13115 \begin_inset Index idx
13118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13119 File formats ! ASCII
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 This file type has the extension
13129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13141 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13155 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13156 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13158 \begin_inset space ~
13165 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13168 \begin_inset space ~
13172 \begin_inset space ~
13178 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13184 \begin_inset Index idx
13187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13188 File formats ! LaTeX
13196 \begin_layout Standard
13197 This file type has the extension
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13209 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13211 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13212 it manually with console commands.
13213 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13214 you view or export your document.
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13220 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13221 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13240 \begin_inset Index idx
13243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13252 \begin_layout Standard
13253 This file type has the extension
13254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13275 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13276 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13280 \begin_layout Standard
13281 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13282 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13283 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13284 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13286 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13292 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13293 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13299 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13301 \begin_inset space ~
13308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13318 The latter option uses the program
13327 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13328 font access (see section
13329 \begin_inset space ~
13333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13335 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13340 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13346 \begin_inset Index idx
13349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 File formats ! PostScript
13358 \begin_layout Standard
13359 This file type has the extension
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13372 PostScript was developed by the company
13376 as a printer language.
13377 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13379 PostScript can be seen as a
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 programming language
13384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13398 \begin_inset Index idx
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13402 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13412 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13415 \begin_layout Standard
13416 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 Encapsulated PostScript
13421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 (EPS, file extension
13425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13437 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13438 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13443 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13447 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13448 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13449 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13450 EPS to avoid this problem.
13453 \begin_layout Standard
13454 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13456 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13457 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13465 \begin_inset Index idx
13468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Index idx
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 This file type has the extension
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 Portable Document Format
13506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 was derived from PostScript.
13514 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13524 looks exactly the same.
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 (JPG, file extension
13537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13564 Portable Network Graphics
13565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13568 (PNG, file extension
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13581 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13582 in the background to one of these formats.
13583 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13584 will slow down your workflow.
13585 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13588 \begin_layout Standard
13589 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13591 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13594 in three different ways:
13597 \begin_layout Description
13598 PDF This uses the program
13602 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13603 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13607 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13608 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13611 \begin_layout Description
13613 \begin_inset space ~
13616 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13620 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13624 \begin_layout Description
13626 \begin_inset space ~
13629 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13633 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13636 \begin_layout Description
13638 \begin_inset space ~
13645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13652 X) This uses the program
13656 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13661 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13662 font access (see section
13663 \begin_inset space ~
13667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13669 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13674 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13677 \begin_layout Description
13679 \begin_inset space ~
13686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13693 X) This uses the program
13697 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13702 is an even newer engine, derived from
13706 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13707 access (see section
13708 \begin_inset space ~
13712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13714 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13719 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13724 We recommend to use
13727 \begin_inset space ~
13736 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13737 works without problems.
13738 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13739 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13743 \begin_inset space ~
13750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13762 \begin_inset space ~
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13778 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13788 \begin_inset Index idx
13791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13792 FileFormats ! XHTML
13798 \begin_inset Index idx
13801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13811 This file type has the extension
13812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13824 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13825 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13826 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13827 suitable for the purpose.
13828 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13829 it, but not all do.
13832 \begin_layout Standard
13833 XHTML output remains
13834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13841 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13846 LyX and the World Wide Web
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13852 Additional Features
13854 manual, for more information.
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13861 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13867 \begin_layout Subsection
13869 \begin_inset Index idx
13872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13883 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13887 and choose a file type.
13888 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13891 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13894 you can use the toolbar button
13895 \begin_inset Graphics
13896 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13898 groupId toolbarbuttons
13905 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13910 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13912 \begin_inset space ~
13918 \begin_inset Graphics
13919 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13921 groupId toolbarbuttons
13927 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13931 \begin_inset Graphics
13932 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13934 groupId toolbarbuttons
13941 arg "buffer-view ps"
13947 \begin_layout Standard
13948 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13949 viewer window using the menu
13951 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13960 To have a real output, export your document.
13963 \begin_layout Subsection
13964 Printing the File from within LyX
13965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13967 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13975 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13976 it directly from within LyX.
13977 To print a file, select the menu
13979 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13982 or click on the toolbar button
13983 \begin_inset Graphics
13984 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13986 groupId toolbarbuttons
13991 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13992 This file is then processed by the program
13996 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14001 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14004 \begin_layout Standard
14005 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14006 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14007 printing one set to print on the other side.
14008 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14009 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14010 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 You can set the parameters in the
14017 \begin_inset space ~
14025 \begin_layout Labeling
14026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14031 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14036 Note that this printer name is for the program
14045 has to be configured for this printer name.
14046 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14053 reference "sub:Printer"
14062 The printer should understand PostScript.
14065 \begin_layout Labeling
14066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14071 The name of a file to print to.
14072 The output will be a PostScript file.
14073 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14077 \begin_layout Section
14078 A few Words about Typography
14079 \begin_inset Index idx
14082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14091 \begin_layout Subsection
14093 \begin_inset Index idx
14096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14105 \begin_layout Standard
14107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 character comes in four lengths: the
14130 , and the minus sign:
14131 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14137 \begin_layout Standard
14138 \begin_inset Tabular
14139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14140 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14141 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14142 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14143 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14144 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14173 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14213 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14240 \begin_inset space ~
14243 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14250 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14277 \begin_inset space ~
14280 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14301 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14335 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14342 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14354 character multiple times in a row.
14355 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14356 the final output, but not in LyX.
14358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14388 \begin_layout Standard
14389 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14390 math mode and has a length of its own.
14391 Here are some examples of the
14392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14406 \begin_layout Enumerate
14407 line- and page-breaks
14408 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14418 \begin_layout Enumerate
14420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14430 \begin_layout Enumerate
14431 Oh — there's a dash.
14432 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14442 \begin_layout Enumerate
14443 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14457 \begin_layout Subsection
14459 \begin_inset Index idx
14462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14471 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14479 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14480 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14485 \begin_inset Index idx
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14494 following the rules of the document language
14498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14499 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14507 \begin_inset space ~
14511 \begin_inset space ~
14518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14529 \begin_layout Standard
14530 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14535 font and with unusual constructs, like
14536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14544 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14545 This is done with the menu
14547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14548 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14550 \begin_inset space ~
14556 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14557 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14561 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14562 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14572 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 as a hyphenation possibility.
14581 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14582 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14583 as described in section
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 Prevent Hyphenation
14588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 \begin_layout Subsection
14600 \begin_inset Index idx
14603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14613 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14616 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14623 \begin_layout Standard
14624 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14625 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14626 LaTeX then adds the
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14630 appropriate amount of space
14631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14635 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14637 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14642 not work in all cases.
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14656 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14660 Here are some examples of
14664 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14667 \begin_layout Itemize
14672 \begin_layout Itemize
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14681 \begin_layout Itemize
14683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14687 this is too much space!
14690 \begin_layout Itemize
14695 \begin_layout Standard
14696 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14699 \begin_layout Standard
14700 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14703 \begin_layout Enumerate
14707 \begin_inset space ~
14712 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14713 \begin_inset space ~
14717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14719 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14724 \begin_inset Index idx
14727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 Spaces ! inter-word
14736 \begin_layout Enumerate
14740 \begin_inset space ~
14745 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14757 \begin_inset Index idx
14760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14769 \begin_layout Enumerate
14773 \begin_inset space ~
14777 \begin_inset space ~
14781 \begin_inset space ~
14788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14795 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14796 This function is also bound to
14799 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14809 \begin_layout Itemize
14811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14815 \begin_inset space \space{}
14818 this is too much space!
14821 \begin_layout Itemize
14822 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14827 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14828 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14829 will take care of this.
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14833 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14837 \begin_inset space ~
14842 feature described in section
14848 Additional Features
14853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14855 \begin_inset Index idx
14858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 Typography ! Quotes
14865 \begin_inset Index idx
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14900 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14901 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14902 and use a closing quote at the end.
14904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14912 The keyboard character,
14916 , generates this automatically.
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14920 You can change the behavior of the
14924 key using the submenu
14930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14934 \begin_inset Index idx
14937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 Document ! Settings
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14952 There are six choices:
14955 \begin_layout Labeling
14956 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14968 Use quotes like this
14969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14977 \begin_inset Quotes els
14981 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14987 \begin_layout Labeling
14988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14991 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14995 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15001 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15005 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15009 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15015 \begin_layout Labeling
15016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15019 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15023 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15029 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15033 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15037 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15041 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15047 \begin_layout Labeling
15048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15051 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15055 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15061 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15065 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15069 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15073 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15079 \begin_layout Labeling
15080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15083 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15087 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15093 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15097 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15101 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15105 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15111 \begin_layout Labeling
15112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15115 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15119 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15125 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15129 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15133 \begin_inset Quotes als
15137 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15143 \begin_layout Standard
15144 These settings affect what character the
15151 \begin_layout Subsection
15153 \begin_inset Index idx
15156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15157 Typography ! Ligatures
15163 \begin_inset Index idx
15166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15197 name "sub:Ligatures"
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15206 print them as single characters.
15207 These groups are known as
15212 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15214 Here are the standard ligatures:
15217 \begin_layout Itemize
15221 \begin_layout Itemize
15225 \begin_layout Itemize
15229 \begin_layout Itemize
15233 \begin_layout Itemize
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15241 \begin_layout Standard
15242 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15243 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15251 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15267 To break a ligature, use
15269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15270 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15272 \begin_inset space ~
15279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15290 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15307 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15315 \begin_layout Subsection
15317 \begin_inset Index idx
15320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15329 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15336 \begin_layout Standard
15337 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15338 characters in different sizes and heights.
15339 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15340 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15360 \begin_inset Note Note
15363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15372 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15373 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15378 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15382 \begin_layout Description
15383 LyX The name of the game, write
15384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15405 \begin_layout Description
15406 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15428 \begin_layout Description
15429 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15451 \begin_layout Description
15452 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15475 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15480 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15488 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15489 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15490 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15493 : The actual version is
15494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15501 , the previous one was
15502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15513 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15518 \begin_inset space \space{}
15521 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15523 This will look in LyX like:
15524 \begin_inset Graphics
15525 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15531 \begin_inset Newline newline
15534 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15541 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15548 \begin_layout Subsection
15550 \begin_inset Index idx
15553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15563 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15564 space between two words.
15565 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15575 for units use the menu
15577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15588 arg "space-insert thin"
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15595 Here's an example to show the differences:
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15599 \begin_inset Tabular
15600 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15601 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15602 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15603 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15614 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 space between number and unit
15633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15642 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 half space between number and unit
15667 \begin_layout Subsection
15669 \begin_inset Index idx
15672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15682 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15684 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15685 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15686 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15687 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15688 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15689 These bits of text became known as
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15701 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15702 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15703 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15704 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15705 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15706 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15707 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15711 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15712 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15713 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15714 \begin_inset space ~
15718 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15720 key "latexcompanion"
15725 \begin_inset space ~
15729 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15735 ] may have more information.
15736 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15739 \begin_layout Chapter
15740 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15743 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15750 \begin_layout Standard
15751 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15756 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15759 \begin_layout Section
15761 \begin_inset Index idx
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15781 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15784 \begin_layout Description
15786 \begin_inset space ~
15789 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15790 \begin_inset Newline newline
15794 \begin_inset Note Note
15797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15798 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15806 \begin_layout Description
15807 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15808 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15810 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15811 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15812 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15815 \begin_inset Newline newline
15819 \begin_inset Note Comment
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15823 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15831 \begin_layout Description
15833 \begin_inset space ~
15836 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15837 \begin_inset Newline newline
15841 \begin_inset Newline newline
15845 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15854 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15855 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15856 How this can be done is explained in the
15865 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15871 \begin_inset Newline newline
15875 \begin_inset Newline newline
15878 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15879 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15882 \begin_layout Standard
15883 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15884 \begin_inset Graphics
15885 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15887 groupId toolbarbuttons
15893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15897 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15900 \begin_layout Section
15902 \begin_inset Index idx
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15914 name "sec:Footnotes"
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15922 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15928 or the toolbar button
15929 \begin_inset Graphics
15930 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15932 groupId toolbarbuttons
15945 \begin_inset Graphics
15946 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15955 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15984 label, the box will
15988 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15989 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16002 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16019 Here's an example footnote:
16027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16037 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16038 position where the footnote box is placed.
16039 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16040 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16041 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16042 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16043 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16048 ey are described in the
16055 \begin_layout Section
16057 \begin_inset Index idx
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16069 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16077 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16078 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16082 \begin_inset space ~
16087 or the toolbar button
16088 \begin_inset Graphics
16089 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16091 groupId toolbarbuttons
16111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16118 appearing within your text.
16119 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16129 At the side is an example marginal note.
16133 \begin_inset Marginal
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16137 This is a marginal note.
16145 \begin_layout Standard
16146 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16147 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16148 pages, right on odd pages.
16151 \begin_layout Section
16152 Graphics and Images
16153 \begin_inset Index idx
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 \begin_inset Index idx
16166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16175 name "sec:Graphics"
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16183 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16184 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16185 \begin_inset Graphics
16186 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16188 groupId toolbarbuttons
16194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16198 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16202 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16207 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16208 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16210 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16211 \begin_inset space ~
16215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16217 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16224 \begin_layout Standard
16229 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16230 of the image in the output.
16231 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16235 \begin_inset space ~
16239 \begin_inset space ~
16248 \begin_inset space ~
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16256 \begin_inset space ~
16261 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16262 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16273 LaTeX and LyX options
16275 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16276 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16280 \begin_inset space ~
16285 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16286 with the image size is printed.
16290 \begin_inset space ~
16294 \begin_inset space ~
16298 \begin_inset space ~
16303 is explained in the
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16315 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16316 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16318 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16324 \begin_inset Graphics
16325 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16333 \begin_layout Standard
16334 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16335 the image into a float, see section
16336 \begin_inset space ~
16340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16342 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16349 \begin_layout Subsection
16351 \begin_inset Index idx
16354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16363 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16370 \begin_layout Standard
16371 You can insert images in any known file format.
16372 But as we explained in section
16373 \begin_inset space ~
16377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16379 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16383 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16384 LyX uses therefore the program
16388 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16389 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16390 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16391 \begin_inset space ~
16395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16397 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16405 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16408 \begin_layout Description
16410 \begin_inset space ~
16413 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16414 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16415 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16419 Graphics Interchange Format
16420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16423 (GIF, file extension
16424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16436 \begin_inset Index idx
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16471 Portable Network Graphics
16472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16475 (PNG, file extension
16476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16488 \begin_inset Index idx
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16523 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16527 (JPG, file extension
16528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16552 \begin_inset Index idx
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 \begin_layout Description
16588 \begin_inset space ~
16591 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16593 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16594 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16595 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16596 \begin_inset Newline newline
16599 Scalable image formats can be
16600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16603 Scalable Vector Graphics
16604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16607 (SVG, file extension
16608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16620 \begin_inset Index idx
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16655 Encapsulated PostScript
16656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16659 (EPS, file extension
16660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16672 \begin_inset Index idx
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16707 Portable Document Format
16708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16711 (PDF, file extension
16712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16724 \begin_inset Index idx
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16735 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16736 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16751 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16755 \begin_layout Subsection
16756 Grouping of Image Settings
16757 \begin_inset Index idx
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 Images ! Settings grouping
16769 \begin_layout Standard
16770 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16772 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16773 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16775 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16776 need to manually change each of them.
16780 \begin_layout Standard
16781 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16784 \begin_inset space ~
16789 field in the Graphics dialog.
16790 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16791 by checking the name of the desired group.
16794 \begin_layout Section
16796 \begin_inset Index idx
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16816 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16817 \begin_inset Graphics
16818 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16820 groupId toolbarbuttons
16826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16830 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16831 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16832 from the rest of the table.
16833 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16834 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16836 Here's an example table:
16839 \begin_layout Standard
16841 \begin_inset Tabular
16842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16843 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 \begin_layout Subsection
17051 \begin_layout Standard
17052 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17053 brings up the table dialog.
17054 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17055 where the cursor is placed currently.
17056 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17057 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17058 done on all of your selection.
17061 \begin_layout Standard
17062 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17065 \begin_inset space ~
17070 helps you in setting table properties.
17071 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17078 \begin_inset space ~
17083 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17084 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17085 current cell respectively.
17086 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17088 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17089 of text, see section
17090 \begin_inset space ~
17094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17096 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17103 \begin_layout Standard
17104 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17105 using the check box
17114 This will merge the cells to
17118 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17119 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17120 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17121 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17122 in the last row without the upper border:
17125 \begin_layout Standard
17127 \begin_inset Tabular
17128 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17129 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17131 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17229 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 \begin_layout Standard
17265 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17266 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17267 explained in the tables section of the
17270 \begin_inset space ~
17276 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17280 degrees counterclockwise.
17281 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17284 \begin_layout Standard
17285 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 Most DVI-viewers are
17297 able to display rotations.
17305 \begin_layout Standard
17310 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17315 adds lines for all cell borders.
17318 \begin_layout Subsection
17320 \begin_inset Index idx
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 Tables ! Longtables
17330 \begin_inset Index idx
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17359 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17360 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17363 \begin_layout Description
17368 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17369 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17370 except for the first page, if
17373 \begin_inset space ~
17381 \begin_layout Description
17385 \begin_inset space ~
17390 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17391 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17394 \begin_layout Description
17399 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17400 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17401 except for the last page, if
17404 \begin_inset space ~
17412 \begin_layout Description
17416 \begin_inset space ~
17421 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17422 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17425 \begin_layout Description
17426 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17427 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17433 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17445 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17446 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17447 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17448 The others will then be defined as
17453 In this context, first means first in this order:
17456 \begin_inset space ~
17468 \begin_inset space ~
17474 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17477 \begin_layout Standard
17479 \begin_inset Tabular
17480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17481 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17482 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17484 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17485 <row endfirsthead="true">
17486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17497 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <row endfirsthead="true">
17517 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <row endhead="true">
17550 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <row endhead="true">
17581 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <row endfoot="true">
17614 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 <row endlastfoot="true">
19596 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 \begin_layout Subsection
19635 \begin_inset Index idx
19638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19647 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19654 \begin_layout Standard
19655 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19656 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19657 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19658 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19662 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19663 for the cell's paragraph.
19666 \begin_layout Standard
19667 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19668 for the column in the table dialog.
19669 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19670 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19674 \begin_layout Standard
19676 \begin_inset Tabular
19677 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19678 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19680 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 This is longer now.
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19883 This is longer now.
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 \begin_layout Standard
19915 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19916 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19922 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19928 Selection with the mouse or with
19932 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19933 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19934 the selection from outside the table.
19937 \begin_layout Section
19939 \begin_inset Index idx
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19960 have a fixed location.
19962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19969 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19977 \begin_inset space ~
19982 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19983 too many notes on the page.
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19987 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19988 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19989 and pages without text.
19990 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19991 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19992 Floats are therefore numbered.
19993 Referencing is described in section
19994 \begin_inset space ~
19998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20000 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20007 \begin_layout Standard
20008 To insert a float, use the menu
20010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20014 A box with a caption that has e.
20015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20019 \begin_inset space \space{}
20023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20027 \begin_inset space ~
20031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20034 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20035 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20037 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20038 \begin_inset Index idx
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20047 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20048 paragraph within the float.
20049 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20050 by left-clicking on the box label.
20051 A closed float box looks like this:
20052 \begin_inset Graphics
20053 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20058 – a gray button with a red label.
20061 \begin_layout Standard
20062 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20063 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20066 \begin_layout Subsection
20070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20072 \begin_inset Index idx
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20076 Floats ! Figure floats
20082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20084 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20095 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20098 inserts a float with the label
20099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20105 \begin_inset space ~
20111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20115 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20116 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20117 This is what we did for Figure
20118 \begin_inset space ~
20122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20124 reference "cap:Platypus"
20129 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20130 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20131 This was done in Figure
20132 \begin_inset space ~
20136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20138 reference "cap:Escher"
20145 \begin_layout Standard
20146 \begin_inset Float figure
20151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 \begin_inset Graphics
20154 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 \begin_inset Caption
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20168 name "cap:Platypus"
20172 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20185 \begin_layout Standard
20186 \begin_inset Float figure
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 \begin_inset Caption
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 \begin_inset Graphics
20213 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20226 \begin_layout Standard
20227 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20229 As described in section
20230 \begin_inset space ~
20234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20236 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20240 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20245 and refer to it using the menu
20247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20251 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20260 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20274 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20275 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20276 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20278 \begin_inset space ~
20282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20284 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20288 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20289 You can also set the images one below the other.
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20297 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20304 reference "fig:Platypus"
20308 are the subfigures.
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 \begin_inset Float figure
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20322 \begin_inset Float figure
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 \begin_inset Caption
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20333 name "fig:Undefinable"
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 \begin_inset Graphics
20347 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20358 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20362 \begin_inset Float figure
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 \begin_inset Caption
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20373 name "fig:Platypus"
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20386 \begin_inset Graphics
20387 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20399 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 \begin_inset Caption
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20411 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20415 Two distorted images.
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20429 Note that the caption is added to the
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20441 as described in section
20442 \begin_inset space ~
20446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20448 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20457 \begin_inset Index idx
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 Floats ! Table floats
20469 \begin_layout Standard
20470 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20473 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20477 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20486 reference "cap:Table-float"
20490 is an example of a table float.
20493 \begin_layout Standard
20494 \begin_inset Float table
20499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20500 \begin_inset Caption
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20505 name "cap:Table-float"
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 \begin_inset Tabular
20520 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20521 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20651 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20675 \end{array}\right]$
20683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20696 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20719 \begin_inset Index idx
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 This float type is inserted with the menu
20734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20735 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20739 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20740 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20744 , described in section
20745 \begin_inset space ~
20749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20751 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20758 \begin_layout Standard
20759 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20767 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20773 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20781 floatname{algorithm}{your
20782 \begin_inset space ~
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20789 to the document preamble (menu
20791 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20798 \begin_inset space ~
20804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20820 \begin_inset Index idx
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 \begin_inset Graphics
20842 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20851 \begin_inset Caption
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20856 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20860 This is a wrapped figure.
20861 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20874 This float type is used if you want to
20875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20882 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20884 It can be inserted using the menu
20886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20887 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20889 \begin_inset space ~
20894 if the LaTeX-package
20899 \begin_inset Index idx
20902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20916 \begin_inset space ~
20926 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20929 \begin_inset space ~
20933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20935 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20939 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20948 Available units are explained in Appendix
20949 \begin_inset space ~
20953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20955 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20964 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20982 \begin_inset space \space{}
20985 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20986 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20995 \begin_layout Itemize
20996 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20997 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20998 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20999 page breaks will appear.
21002 \begin_layout Itemize
21003 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21004 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21007 \begin_layout Itemize
21008 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21009 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21012 \begin_layout Itemize
21013 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21016 \begin_layout Subsection
21018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21020 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21025 \begin_inset Index idx
21028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21039 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21043 \begin_inset space ~
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21052 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21053 have a multicolumn document).
21054 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21057 \begin_inset space ~
21063 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21064 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21073 format is also the same: Table
21074 \begin_inset space ~
21078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21080 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21084 is an example of a rotated table float.
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 \begin_inset Float table
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21111 \begin_inset Caption
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21116 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 \begin_inset Tabular
21131 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21132 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21201 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21206 \begin_inset Index idx
21209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21218 \begin_layout Standard
21219 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21220 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21221 \begin_inset Newline newline
21227 \begin_inset space ~
21232 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21233 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21234 \begin_inset Newline newline
21240 \begin_inset space ~
21245 is used to rotate floats, see section
21246 \begin_inset space ~
21250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21252 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21259 \begin_layout Standard
21260 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21261 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21264 \begin_inset space ~
21268 \begin_inset space ~
21276 \begin_layout Description
21278 \begin_inset space ~
21282 \begin_inset space ~
21285 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21288 \begin_layout Description
21290 \begin_inset space ~
21294 \begin_inset space ~
21297 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21300 \begin_layout Description
21302 \begin_inset space ~
21306 \begin_inset space ~
21309 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21312 \begin_layout Description
21314 \begin_inset space ~
21318 \begin_inset space ~
21321 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21325 The order of the above option is
21330 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21334 \begin_inset space ~
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21346 \begin_inset space ~
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21355 , and then the others.
21356 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21358 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21359 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 By default, each option has its own rules:
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21370 \begin_inset space ~
21374 \begin_inset space ~
21379 only floats occupying less than 70
21380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21383 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21390 \begin_inset space ~
21394 \begin_inset space ~
21399 : only floats occupying less than 30
21400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21403 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21406 \begin_layout Standard
21410 \begin_inset space ~
21414 \begin_inset space ~
21419 : only if more than 50
21420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21423 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21432 \begin_inset space ~
21436 \begin_inset space ~
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21445 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21446 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21447 For this case you can use the option
21450 \begin_inset space ~
21456 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21458 Because the float is then no longer able to
21459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21466 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21470 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21471 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21477 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21479 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21486 \begin_layout Section
21488 \begin_inset Index idx
21491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21500 name "sec:Minipages"
21507 \begin_layout Standard
21508 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21510 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21511 \begin_inset space ~
21518 \begin_layout Standard
21519 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21525 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21526 and its alignment within the page.
21529 \begin_layout Standard
21531 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21541 height_special "totalheight"
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21547 This is a minipage.
21548 The text is set in an italic style.
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21554 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21555 another formatting.
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21564 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21567 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21571 as described in section
21572 \begin_inset space ~
21576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21578 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21583 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21600 height_special "totalheight"
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21605 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21615 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21625 height_special "totalheight"
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21630 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21638 \begin_layout Standard
21639 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21645 \begin_layout Standard
21646 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21647 to other box types.
21648 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21659 \begin_layout Chapter
21660 Mathematical Formulas
21661 \begin_inset Index idx
21664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 \begin_inset Index idx
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21705 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21712 \begin_layout Standard
21713 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21718 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21721 \begin_layout Section
21723 \begin_inset Index idx
21726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 \begin_layout Standard
21736 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21737 \begin_inset Graphics
21738 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21740 groupId toolbarbuttons
21745 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21747 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21748 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21749 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21757 \begin_layout Standard
21758 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21762 \begin_inset space ~
21767 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21770 \begin_layout Standard
21771 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21772 line, like this one:
21775 \begin_layout Standard
21776 This is a line with an inline formula
21777 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21783 \begin_layout Standard
21784 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21786 \begin_inset Formula \[
21792 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21795 \begin_layout Standard
21796 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21802 \begin_inset space \space{}
21806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21819 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21824 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21827 \begin_inset space ~
21835 \begin_layout Subsection
21836 Navigating in Formulas
21837 \begin_inset Index idx
21840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21850 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21851 achieved with the arrow keys.
21852 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21853 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21858 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21859 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21863 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21867 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21870 \end{array}\right]$
21878 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21883 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21884 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21887 \begin_layout Standard
21892 , printed in this document as
21893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21914 \begin_inset Note Note
21917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21919 space character (visible space).
21924 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21925 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21926 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21931 For example, if you want
21932 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21986 , since in the latter case only the
21989 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21994 will be under the square root sign:
21995 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22004 \begin_inset Formula \[
22005 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22014 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22015 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22018 \begin_layout Subsection
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22024 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22028 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22029 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22030 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22031 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22032 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22035 \begin_layout Subsection
22036 Exponents and Subscripts
22037 \begin_inset Index idx
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 \begin_inset Index idx
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22061 way is to use a command.
22063 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22066 , type in a formula
22072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22094 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22098 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22128 , you have to use an extra
22132 to separate the hat and the character.
22134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22138 \begin_inset space \space{}
22142 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 Subscripts are similar: To get
22164 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 \begin_layout Subsection
22189 \begin_inset Index idx
22192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22201 \begin_layout Standard
22202 Create a fraction with either the command
22209 \begin_inset Graphics
22210 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22218 \begin_inset space ~
22224 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22225 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22226 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22231 To move back up, press
22236 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22237 \begin_inset Formula \[
22238 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22241 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22249 \begin_layout Subsection
22251 \begin_inset Index idx
22254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 \begin_layout Standard
22264 Roots can be created using the
22267 \begin_inset space ~
22273 \begin_inset Graphics
22274 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22276 groupId toolbarbuttons
22299 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22305 produces always a square root.
22308 \begin_layout Subsection
22309 Operators with Limits
22310 \begin_inset Index idx
22313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 \begin_inset Index idx
22323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22332 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22339 \begin_layout Standard
22341 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22345 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22348 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22349 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22350 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22351 The sum operator will automatically place its
22352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22359 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22362 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22366 \begin_inset Formula \[
22367 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22372 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22376 \begin_layout Standard
22377 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22379 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22380 behind the operator and hitting
22388 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22389 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22391 \begin_inset space ~
22395 \begin_inset space ~
22403 \begin_layout Standard
22404 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22412 feature as addition, such as
22413 \begin_inset Index idx
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 \begin_inset Formula \[
22424 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22429 which will place the
22430 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22442 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22443 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22449 \begin_layout Standard
22450 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22457 Have a look at section
22458 \begin_inset space ~
22462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22464 reference "sub:Functions"
22468 for an explanation of function macros.
22471 \begin_layout Subsection
22473 \begin_inset Index idx
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 Most math symbols can be found in the
22489 \begin_inset space ~
22494 under one of several categories; including
22511 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22516 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22517 you don't have to use the
22520 \begin_inset space ~
22525 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22526 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22529 \begin_layout Subsection
22531 \begin_inset Index idx
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22543 \begin_layout Standard
22544 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22549 arg "space-insert protected"
22555 \begin_inset space ~
22561 \begin_inset Graphics
22562 filename ../images/math/space.png
22564 groupId toolbarbuttons
22569 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22570 For example, the sequence
22575 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22579 \begin_inset Graphics
22580 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22585 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22586 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22587 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22588 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22590 Here are two examples:
22593 \begin_layout Standard
22603 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22619 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22625 \begin_layout Subsection
22627 \begin_inset Index idx
22630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22639 name "sub:Functions"
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22650 \begin_inset space ~
22655 contains under the button
22656 \begin_inset Graphics
22657 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22659 groupId toolbarbuttons
22663 a number of function macros, such as
22664 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22668 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22676 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22683 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22684 avoid confusions, because
22685 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22689 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22695 \begin_layout Standard
22696 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22698 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22702 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22710 s are placed, as described in section
22711 \begin_inset space ~
22715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22717 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22724 \begin_layout Subsection
22726 \begin_inset Index idx
22729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22739 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22741 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22742 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22747 \begin_inset space \space{}
22751 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22754 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22755 Our example is entered by typing
22763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22776 \begin_inset space ~
22780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22782 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22786 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22789 \begin_layout Standard
22790 \begin_inset Float table
22795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22796 \begin_inset Caption
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22801 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22805 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22815 \begin_inset Tabular
22816 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22817 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22818 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22904 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22958 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23012 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23120 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23174 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23228 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23282 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23336 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23406 \begin_inset space ~
23412 \begin_inset Graphics
23413 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23415 groupId toolbarbuttons
23419 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23423 \begin_layout Section
23424 Brackets and Delimiters
23425 \begin_inset Index idx
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 \begin_inset Index idx
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23447 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23454 \begin_layout Standard
23455 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23456 For most purposes, using just the keys
23461 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23462 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23463 toolbar delimiter icon
23464 \begin_inset Graphics
23465 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23467 groupId toolbarbuttons
23472 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23474 \begin_inset Formula \[
23475 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23483 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23484 \begin_inset Formula \[
23485 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23494 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23495 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23499 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23500 left side and right side.
23501 If you use the option
23504 \begin_inset space ~
23509 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23510 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23511 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23512 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23515 \begin_layout Standard
23516 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23517 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23518 inside the brackets.
23519 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23524 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23527 \begin_layout Section
23528 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23529 \begin_inset Index idx
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_inset Index idx
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 \begin_inset Index idx
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23553 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23561 \begin_layout Standard
23562 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23565 \begin_inset space ~
23571 \begin_inset Graphics
23572 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23574 groupId toolbarbuttons
23579 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23580 Here is an example:
23581 \begin_inset Formula \[
23582 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23591 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23592 \begin_inset space ~
23596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23598 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23603 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23604 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23605 This alignment is set in the box
23610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23658 for every column as default.
23659 For example, the sequence
23660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23671 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23672 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23673 corresponds to the relevant column.
23674 The result will look like this:
23675 \begin_inset Formula \[
23677 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23678 column & has & has\, right\\
23679 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23688 \begin_layout Standard
23689 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23692 arg "newline-insert newline"
23695 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23696 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23698 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23701 or the math toolbar.
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23706 It can be created with the menu
23708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23709 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23711 \begin_inset space ~
23723 Here is an example:
23724 \begin_inset Formula \[
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23738 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23741 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23744 arg "newline-insert newline"
23748 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23753 arg "newline-insert newline"
23756 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23764 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23765 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23766 A new row is created by every further hit of
23769 arg "newline-insert newline"
23773 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23774 Here is an example:
23775 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23776 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23777 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23782 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23783 where you want to start the shift and hit
23788 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23789 position to the next column.
23790 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23791 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23792 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23793 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23802 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23809 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23810 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23813 reference "eq:asquared"
23818 The other types are described in section
23819 \begin_inset space ~
23823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23825 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23832 \begin_layout Section
23833 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23834 \begin_inset Index idx
23837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 Math ! Formula numbering
23844 \begin_inset Index idx
23847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 Math ! Referencing formulas
23854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23856 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23866 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23867 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23869 \begin_inset space ~
23877 arg "math-number-toggle"
23881 The formula number appears in LyX as
23882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23889 within parentheses.
23891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23898 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23900 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23901 the document class.
23902 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23903 separated by a dot:
23904 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23913 arg "math-number-toggle"
23916 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23917 You can only number displayed formulas.
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23921 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23924 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23926 \begin_inset space ~
23930 \begin_inset space ~
23934 \begin_inset space ~
23942 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23945 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23946 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23948 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23954 To number all lines use the shortcut
23957 arg "math-number-toggle"
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23964 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23967 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23968 A label is inserted with the menu
23970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23973 when the cursor is in the formula.
23974 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23975 It is recommended to use the proposed
23976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23987 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23988 type when you have many labels in your document.
23989 We inserted in the following example the label
23990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23997 in the second line:
23998 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23999 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24000 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24005 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24006 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24016 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24020 \begin_inset space ~
24026 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24027 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24028 as the formula number:
24031 \begin_layout Standard
24032 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24035 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24044 \begin_inset space ~
24048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24050 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24055 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24058 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24061 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24066 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24074 \begin_layout Section
24075 User defined math macros
24076 \begin_inset Index idx
24079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24090 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24091 Math macros are explained in section
24094 \begin_inset space ~
24106 \begin_layout Section
24110 \begin_layout Subsection
24112 \begin_inset Index idx
24115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24124 \begin_layout Standard
24125 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24126 To set a font in a formula, use the
24129 \begin_inset space ~
24135 \begin_inset Graphics
24136 filename ../images/math/font.png
24138 groupId toolbarbuttons
24142 , or enter its command, listed in table
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24149 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 \begin_inset Float table
24162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 \begin_inset Caption
24165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24168 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24172 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24182 \begin_inset Tabular
24183 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24184 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24218 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24245 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24272 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24305 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24332 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24359 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24393 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24420 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24454 \begin_layout Standard
24455 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24463 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24480 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24481 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24486 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24487 space when you need a space in the box.
24488 Here an example where
24489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24500 denotes the set of numbers:
24501 \begin_inset Formula \[
24502 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24510 \begin_layout Standard
24511 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24517 \begin_inset space \space{}
24529 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24533 \begin_inset Newline newline
24536 So it is better not to use this feature.
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24540 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24545 \begin_inset Newline newline
24548 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24554 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24555 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24561 \begin_layout Standard
24568 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24572 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24575 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24577 \begin_inset space ~
24585 \begin_layout Subsection
24587 \begin_inset Index idx
24590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24600 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24602 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24606 \begin_inset space ~
24610 \begin_inset space ~
24618 \begin_inset space ~
24624 \begin_inset Graphics
24625 filename ../images/math/font.png
24627 groupId toolbarbuttons
24638 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24639 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24640 Here is an example:
24641 \begin_inset Formula \[
24643 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24644 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24653 \begin_layout Subsection
24655 \begin_inset Index idx
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24669 automatically chosen in most situations.
24687 For most characters,
24695 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24696 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24701 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24702 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24704 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24705 \begin_inset Graphics
24706 filename ../images/math/style.png
24708 groupId toolbarbuttons
24713 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24714 For example, you can set
24715 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24718 , which is normally in
24727 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24731 The four styles are used in the following example:
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24735 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24739 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24743 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24747 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24754 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24755 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24759 \begin_inset space ~
24764 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24765 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24766 will be adjusted to correspond.
24767 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24782 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24788 \begin_layout Section
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24793 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24794 the document classes and into layout modules.
24795 \begin_inset Index idx
24798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24804 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24805 other than the AMS classes.
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24809 reference "sub:Modules"
24813 for more on layout modules.
24816 \begin_layout Section
24818 \begin_inset Index idx
24821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24828 \begin_inset Index idx
24831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24842 (AMS) that are in common use.
24845 \begin_layout Subsection
24846 Enabling AMS-Support
24849 \begin_layout Standard
24850 Selecting the checkbox
24853 \begin_inset space ~
24857 \begin_inset space ~
24861 \begin_inset space ~
24868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24872 \begin_inset Index idx
24875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24876 Document ! Settings
24884 \begin_inset space ~
24889 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24891 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24892 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24895 \begin_layout Subsection
24897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24899 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24904 \begin_inset Index idx
24907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24908 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24918 LyX allows you to choose between
24939 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24942 \begin_layout Chapter
24946 \begin_layout Section
24948 \begin_inset Index idx
24951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24960 name "sec:Cross-References"
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24969 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24971 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24972 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24973 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24976 \begin_layout Enumerate
24980 \begin_layout Enumerate
24981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24983 name "enu:Second-item"
24990 \begin_layout Enumerate
24994 \begin_layout Standard
24995 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25000 or by pressing the toolbar button
25001 \begin_inset Graphics
25002 filename ../images/label-insert.png
25004 groupId toolbarbuttons
25009 A grey label box like this:
25010 \begin_inset Graphics
25011 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25016 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25017 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25052 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25057 \begin_inset space \space{}
25060 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25081 or the toolbar button
25082 \begin_inset Graphics
25083 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25085 groupId toolbarbuttons
25090 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25091 \begin_inset Graphics
25092 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25097 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25099 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25112 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25116 \begin_layout Standard
25119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25122 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25127 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25128 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25138 \begin_inset space ~
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25144 reference "enu:Second-item"
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25152 It is recommended to use a protected space
25156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25157 described in section
25158 \begin_inset space ~
25162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25164 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25173 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25177 \begin_layout Standard
25178 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25181 \begin_layout Description
25182 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25192 \begin_layout Description
25193 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25194 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25206 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25213 \begin_layout Description
25214 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25220 LatexCommand pageref
25221 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25228 \begin_layout Description
25230 \begin_inset space ~
25234 \begin_inset space ~
25237 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25239 LatexCommand vpageref
25240 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25247 \begin_layout Description
25249 \begin_inset space ~
25253 \begin_inset space ~
25257 \begin_inset space ~
25260 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25263 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25270 \begin_layout Description
25272 \begin_inset space ~
25275 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25276 \begin_inset Newline newline
25280 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25288 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25297 \begin_inset Index idx
25300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25301 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25307 \begin_inset Index idx
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25324 \begin_layout Description
25326 \begin_inset space ~
25329 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25331 LatexCommand nameref
25332 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25344 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25351 \begin_inset space \space{}
25355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25369 <reference> on page <page>
25371 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25376 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25377 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25381 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25386 You can only use the style
25390 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25394 is always possible.
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25398 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25399 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25401 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25402 \begin_inset space ~
25406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25408 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25416 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25420 \begin_inset space ~
25424 \begin_inset space ~
25429 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25430 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25433 \begin_inset space ~
25438 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25439 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25440 \begin_inset Graphics
25441 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25443 groupId toolbarbuttons
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25451 You can change labels at any time.
25452 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25453 do not need to take care about this.
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25458 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 References are described in detail in sec.
25463 \begin_inset space ~
25467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25481 \begin_layout Section
25482 Table of Contents and other Listings
25483 \begin_inset Index idx
25486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25493 \begin_inset Index idx
25496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25512 \begin_layout Subsection
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25516 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25527 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25529 \begin_inset space ~
25533 \begin_inset space ~
25539 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25540 If you click on it, the
25544 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25545 sections in your documents.
25546 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25551 that is described in sec.
25552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25558 reference "sec:Navigating"
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25566 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25567 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25569 \begin_inset space ~
25573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25575 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25579 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25581 \begin_inset space ~
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25587 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25591 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25593 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25596 \begin_layout Subsection
25597 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25600 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25608 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25609 You can insert them via the
25611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25613 \begin_inset space ~
25617 \begin_inset space ~
25623 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25626 \begin_layout Section
25627 URLs and Hyperlinks
25628 \begin_inset Index idx
25631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25638 \begin_inset Index idx
25641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25650 \begin_layout Subsection
25652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25662 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25672 \begin_inset Flex URL
25675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25692 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25713 \begin_layout Subsection
25715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25717 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25730 or with the toolbar button
25731 \begin_inset Graphics
25732 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25734 groupId toolbarbuttons
25739 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25748 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25749 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25750 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25752 name "LyX's homepage"
25753 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25757 , an Email address like this:
25758 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25760 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25761 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25766 , or a link to a file.
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25770 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25783 to the link target.
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25788 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25789 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25790 the text style dialog.
25791 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25797 name "LyX's homepage"
25798 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25810 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25813 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25817 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25819 \begin_inset Newline newline
25827 \begin_inset Newline newline
25834 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25837 \begin_layout Section
25839 \begin_inset Index idx
25842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25851 name "sec:Appendices"
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 Appendices are created with the menu
25861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25873 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25874 as the appendix region.
25875 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25880 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25881 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25882 and the subsection number.
25883 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25895 reference "cha:Credits"
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25906 reference "sub:Export"
25913 \begin_layout Section
25915 \begin_inset Index idx
25918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25927 name "sec:Bibliography"
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25935 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25936 You can include a bibliography database,
25940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25941 Known under the name
25942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25954 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25955 manually, using the paragraph environment
25959 , which was described in section
25960 \begin_inset space ~
25964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25966 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25971 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25972 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25976 use a bibliography database.
25979 \begin_layout Subsection
25980 The Bibliography Environment
25983 \begin_layout Standard
25988 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25990 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25999 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26001 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26010 , a short form of its title, as key.
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26019 or the toolbar button
26020 \begin_inset Graphics
26021 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26023 groupId toolbarbuttons
26028 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26029 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26030 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26031 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26036 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26037 entry with surrounding brackets.
26042 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26043 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26058 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26061 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26063 key "latexcompanion"
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26072 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26081 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26083 \begin_inset Index idx
26086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26087 Bibliography ! Databases
26093 \begin_inset Index idx
26096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26097 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26105 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26121 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26122 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26127 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26129 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26130 your working field in a database.
26131 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26132 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26134 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26139 The database is a text file with the file extension
26140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26151 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26152 The format is explained in
26153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26159 and in LaTeX books (
26160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26162 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26167 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26168 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26169 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26170 \begin_inset Flex URL
26173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26175 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 To use a database, use the menu
26186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26191 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26204 \begin_inset space ~
26210 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26211 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26214 Add bibliography to TOC
26216 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26221 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26222 in the document or just the cited references.
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26238 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26239 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26240 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26242 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26248 For information how this is done, have a look at
26249 \begin_inset Newline newline
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26255 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26268 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26273 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26276 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26304 \begin_inset space ~
26310 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26316 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26326 When you select the option
26328 Sectioned bibliography
26332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26335 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26336 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26338 Customizing Bibliographies
26346 Additional Features
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26352 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26353 the two methods of creating them.
26354 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26355 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26356 We used the style file
26360 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26363 \begin_layout Subsection
26364 Bibliography layout
26365 \begin_inset Index idx
26368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26369 Bibliography ! Layout
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26378 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26379 For this feature you need to enable the option
26385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26389 \begin_inset Index idx
26392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26393 Document ! Settings
26403 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26404 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26405 in the previous section.
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26409 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26410 in the citation reference window.
26411 Here an example where we set the text
26412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26416 \begin_inset space ~
26420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26423 to appear after the reference:
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26431 key "latexcompanion"
26438 \begin_layout Section
26440 \begin_inset Index idx
26443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26460 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26464 \begin_inset space ~
26469 or the toolbar button
26470 \begin_inset Graphics
26471 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26473 groupId toolbarbuttons
26479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26490 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26491 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26492 by LyX as the index entry.
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26496 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26497 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26499 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26501 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26509 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26513 \begin_inset space ~
26517 \begin_inset space ~
26520 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26522 \begin_inset space ~
26528 A light blue box labeled
26529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26540 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26541 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26544 \begin_layout Subsection
26545 Grouping Index Entries
26546 \begin_inset Index idx
26549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26558 \begin_layout Standard
26559 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26561 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26562 lists under the entry
26563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26571 First we create the entry
26572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26580 \begin_inset space ~
26584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26586 reference "sub:Lists"
26591 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26592 \begin_inset space ~
26596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26598 reference "sec:Itemize"
26602 , we insert the command
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26622 for the enumerated list in section
26623 \begin_inset space ~
26627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26629 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26636 \begin_layout Standard
26637 The exclamation mark
26638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26645 marks the grouping levels.
26646 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26647 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26648 If we don't have an index entry for
26649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26656 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26659 \begin_layout Subsection
26661 \begin_inset Index idx
26664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26665 Index ! Page ranges
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26676 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26677 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26679 \begin_inset space ~
26683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26685 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26692 \begin_layout Standard
26695 Paragraph environments|(
26698 \begin_layout Standard
26699 and another entry at the end of section
26700 \begin_inset space ~
26704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26706 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26713 \begin_layout Standard
26716 Paragraph environments|)
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26744 respectively start and end the index range.
26745 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26746 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26747 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26748 An example is the index entry
26749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26752 Document ! Settings
26753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26759 \begin_layout Subsection
26761 \begin_inset Index idx
26764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26765 Index ! Cross referencing
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26774 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26775 We referred for example in the index entry
26776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26784 \begin_inset space ~
26788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26790 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26794 ) to the index entry
26795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26802 in the same section using the entry
26805 \begin_layout Standard
26808 GIF|see{Image formats}
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26812 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26813 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26814 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26817 \begin_layout Subsection
26819 \begin_inset Index idx
26822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26823 Index ! Entry order
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26832 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26833 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26834 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26839 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26841 \begin_inset space ~
26845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26847 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26856 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26857 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26882 \begin_inset Index idx
26885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26886 Dummy entries ! maïs
26892 \begin_inset Index idx
26895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26896 Dummy entries ! maître
26902 \begin_inset Index idx
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26906 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26911 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26912 order maïs, maison, maître.
26913 To achieve this, we use the command
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26919 previous entry@current entry
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26923 In our case we want to have
26924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26939 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26950 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26954 \begin_layout Standard
26955 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26962 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26967 to generate the index (see sec.
26968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26974 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26983 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26991 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26995 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26996 index commands start with
26997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27009 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27014 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27041 \begin_layout Subsection
27043 \begin_inset Index idx
27046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27047 Index ! Entry layout
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27057 \begin_inset Index idx
27060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27063 This is an italic dummy entry
27068 You can also format the page number using the character
27069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27076 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27077 We can write for example
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27083 italic page number:|textit
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27087 to get the page number in italic.
27088 \begin_inset Index idx
27091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27092 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27097 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27115 \begin_inset space ~
27121 Have a look at section
27122 \begin_inset space ~
27126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27128 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27132 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27136 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27144 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27148 to generate the index, see sec.
27149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27155 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27164 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27165 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27166 they can be used, see
27167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27170 key "latexcompanion"
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27185 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27186 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27187 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27188 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27189 If so, put the following in the preamble
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27214 \begin_layout Standard
27215 in the index entry.
27216 \begin_inset Index idx
27219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27225 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27226 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27227 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27231 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27237 \begin_inset space \space{}
27240 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27241 for all index entries.
27242 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27254 documentation for details,
27255 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27257 key "makeindex,xindy"
27264 \begin_layout Subsection
27266 \begin_inset Index idx
27269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27278 name "sub:Index-Program"
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 If the index entry program
27290 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27294 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27303 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27304 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27305 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27306 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27307 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27317 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27318 dialog, see section
27319 \begin_inset space ~
27323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27325 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27330 The available options are listed and explained in
27331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27333 key "makeindex,xindy"
27338 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27343 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27344 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27347 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27348 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27349 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27353 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27354 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27357 \begin_layout Subsection
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27363 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27371 next to the standard index.
27372 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27373 packages that add this feature.
27379 \begin_inset Index idx
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27388 package to generate multiple indexes.
27389 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27390 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27391 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27398 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27399 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27400 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27404 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27407 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27408 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 Use multiple Indexes
27416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27420 Note that the list of
27421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27428 below already contains the standard index.
27429 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27430 also appear as a heading) to the
27431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27438 input field and press the
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27447 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27448 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27449 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27453 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27459 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27460 indexes in the LyX work area.
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27469 \begin_inset space ~
27473 \begin_inset space ~
27482 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27483 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27484 are some additional features:
27487 \begin_layout Itemize
27488 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27489 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27492 \begin_layout Itemize
27493 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27494 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27503 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27508 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27509 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27510 to the non-subindexes.
27513 \begin_layout Section
27514 Nomenclature / Glossary
27515 \begin_inset Index idx
27518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27525 \begin_inset Index idx
27528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27559 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27568 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27578 \begin_inset Index idx
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27588 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27595 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27599 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27600 and then use the menu
27602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27608 \begin_inset space ~
27613 or the toolbar button
27614 \begin_inset Graphics
27615 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27617 groupId toolbarbuttons
27623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27634 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27638 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27639 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27640 The second is the description of the symbol.
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27652 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27660 \begin_layout Subsection
27661 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27662 \begin_inset Index idx
27665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27666 Nomenclature ! Layout
27674 \begin_layout Standard
27675 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27679 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27685 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27693 \begin_inset Newline newline
27701 \begin_inset Newline newline
27707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27714 character starts/ends the formula.
27715 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27727 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27738 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27739 \begin_inset space ~
27743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27745 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27756 \begin_inset space ~
27761 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27762 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27767 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27774 in this document is:
27775 \begin_inset Newline newline
27780 dummy entry for the character
27785 \begin_inset Newline newline
27797 \begin_inset space ~
27807 font use the command
27836 \begin_layout Subsection
27837 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27838 \begin_inset Index idx
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27842 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27852 the symbol definition.
27853 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27854 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27857 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27858 LatexCommand nomenclature
27860 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27867 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27871 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27872 LatexCommand nomenclature
27875 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27880 They will be sorted by
27881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27907 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27910 will be sorted before the
27914 since the character
27915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27922 is considered in sorting.
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27934 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27935 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27937 For the example given, you can insert
27941 in this field for the
27942 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27949 will be located before
27950 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27962 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27971 \begin_layout Subsection
27972 Nomenclature Options
27973 \begin_inset Index idx
27976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27977 Nomenclature ! Options
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27990 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27991 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27994 \begin_layout Description
27995 refeq Appends the phrase
27996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28011 to every nomenclature entry, where
28017 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28020 \begin_layout Description
28021 refpage Appends the phrase
28022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28037 to every nomenclature entry, where
28043 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28046 \begin_layout Description
28047 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28051 There are furthermore the options
28095 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28101 class options list in the
28103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28107 In this document the option
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28123 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28128 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28131 \begin_layout Description
28141 \begin_layout Description
28144 nomrefpage Like the
28151 \begin_layout Description
28154 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28163 \begin_layout Description
28167 \begin_inset space ~
28173 \begin_inset space ~
28178 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28181 \begin_layout Subsection
28182 Printing the Nomenclature
28183 \begin_inset Index idx
28186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28187 Nomenclature ! Printing
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28200 \begin_inset space ~
28204 \begin_inset space ~
28207 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28211 A light blue box labeled
28212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28223 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28224 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28237 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28245 For example, in order to change the name to
28249 , add the following line to the preamble:
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28260 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28264 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28271 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28272 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28283 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28289 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28290 \begin_inset space ~
28294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28296 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28301 The default value is 1
28302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28308 \begin_layout Subsection
28309 Nomenclature Program
28310 \begin_inset Index idx
28313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28314 Nomenclature ! Program
28320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28322 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28329 \begin_layout Standard
28330 LyX uses the program
28334 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28335 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28340 by adding options, see section
28341 \begin_inset space ~
28345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28347 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28352 The available options are listed and explained in
28353 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28355 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28362 \begin_layout Section
28364 \begin_inset Index idx
28367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28374 \begin_inset Index idx
28377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28378 Document ! Branches
28384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28386 name "sec:Branches"
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28395 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28396 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28397 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28402 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28403 To create a branch, either select the menu
28405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28406 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28409 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28418 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28419 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28420 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28421 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28422 (see below for an example).
28423 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28424 to the name of the other) and to add
28425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28440 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28441 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28445 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28446 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28451 where you can choose a branch.
28452 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28457 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28458 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 \begin_inset Branch Question
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28495 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28498 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28499 Consider for example a file
28500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28507 which has the above branches.
28509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28516 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28540 branch were inactive,
28541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28556 branch was active, likewise
28557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28572 branch was active, and
28573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28576 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28580 if both branches were active.
28581 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28593 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28594 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28596 For example you can define for the question branch
28600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28601 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28608 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28641 and for the answer branch
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 \begin_inset Branch Question
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 Now it is possible to use the commands
28741 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28748 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28751 to obtain conditional output.
28752 Here is an example formula where only the
28759 \begin_inset Formula \[
28760 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28769 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28777 \begin_layout Section
28779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28781 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28786 \begin_inset Index idx
28789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28803 dialog allows you in the
28807 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28808 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28813 \begin_inset Index idx
28816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28825 \begin_layout Standard
28830 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28831 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28832 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28834 You can specify in the dialog tab
28838 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28840 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28841 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28850 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28851 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28852 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28854 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28855 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28857 \begin_inset space ~
28860 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28861 \begin_inset space ~
28864 1 will only display the sections.
28867 \begin_layout Standard
28868 The header information in the dialog tab
28872 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28873 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28878 \begin_inset space \space{}
28881 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28882 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28885 Automatic fill header
28887 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28888 title and author settings.
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28894 Load in fullscreen mode
28896 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28899 \begin_layout Standard
28900 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28901 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28907 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28908 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28917 \begin_layout Section
28918 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28921 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28928 \begin_layout Subsection
28930 \begin_inset Index idx
28933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28942 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28951 constructs, but not all.
28952 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28953 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28954 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28955 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28956 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28960 \begin_layout Standard
28961 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28963 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 \begin_inset space ~
28972 or by the toolbar button
28973 \begin_inset Graphics
28974 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28976 groupId toolbarbuttons
28981 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28986 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28987 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28988 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28989 using the LaTeX-command
28995 , you can write the command part
29001 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29005 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29006 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29007 the following example:
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29011 \begin_inset Graphics
29012 filename clipart/ERT.png
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29024 \begin_layout Standard
29025 This is a line with a
29029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29061 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29062 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29070 \begin_layout Subsection
29071 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29072 \begin_inset Argument
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 \begin_inset Index idx
29085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29094 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29102 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29103 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29104 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29113 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29114 any time if you know the right commands.
29116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29120 \begin_inset space \space{}
29123 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29125 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29126 all caption labels bold.
29127 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29129 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29134 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29135 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29136 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29138 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 As result you know that the package
29153 \begin_inset Index idx
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29163 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29176 usepackage[options]{package name}
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29181 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29182 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29185 \begin_layout Standard
29186 In your case the package name is
29191 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29196 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29197 So you add the command
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29205 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 For more commands provided by the
29218 package, have a look at its documentation,
29219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29233 \begin_layout Standard
29234 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29236 For example if you use a
29240 class, you don't need the package
29244 , you can instead write
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29252 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29257 \begin_layout Standard
29258 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29259 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29260 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29267 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29272 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29274 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29275 the previous section.
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29279 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29281 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29283 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29291 \begin_layout Section
29292 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29295 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29300 \begin_inset Index idx
29303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 \begin_inset Index idx
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29324 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29325 to break your train of thought with
29327 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29333 \begin_layout Standard
29334 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29335 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29340 \begin_inset Index idx
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29349 as explained below, and turn on
29352 \begin_inset space ~
29359 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29363 \begin_inset space ~
29367 \begin_inset space ~
29370 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29375 \begin_inset space ~
29380 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29386 Previews of an already loaded document are
29390 generated just by selecting the
29393 \begin_inset space ~
29398 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29402 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29403 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29406 \begin_inset space ~
29411 check box in the insert dialog.
29412 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29417 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29421 (on some systems named simply
29426 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29434 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29435 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29443 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29447 \begin_layout Standard
29448 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29455 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29459 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29461 \begin_inset space ~
29466 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29467 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29469 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29470 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29471 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29472 the source view window.
29475 \begin_layout Section
29476 Advanced Find and Replace
29477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29479 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29484 \begin_inset Index idx
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 \begin_inset Index idx
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29506 \begin_layout Subsection
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29511 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29512 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29513 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29514 The key-features are:
29517 \begin_layout Itemize
29518 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29519 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29520 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29524 \begin_layout Itemize
29525 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29526 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29527 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29528 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29531 \begin_layout Itemize
29532 Search may be widened to a specific
29537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29541 \begin_inset space ~
29544 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29545 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29552 \begin_layout Itemize
29553 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29554 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29559 \begin_inset space ~
29562 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29565 \begin_layout Subsection
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29570 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29573 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29586 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29589 ) or the toolbar button
29590 \begin_inset Graphics
29591 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png
29593 groupId toolbarbuttons
29600 Advanced Find and Replace
29605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29614 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29619 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29624 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29625 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29626 Pressing repeatedly
29630 keeps searching forward.
29631 Similarly, pressing
29635 searches for the entered text backwards.
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29639 While searching, the
29643 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29653 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29657 Searching for mathematics
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29661 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29665 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29666 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29669 or also something more complex like
29670 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29674 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29675 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29676 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29677 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29688 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29689 This is done by switching to the
29693 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29698 This way, entering in the
29705 \begin_layout Itemize
29706 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29707 in emphasized or boldface.
29710 \begin_layout Itemize
29711 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29712 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29713 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29714 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29717 \begin_layout Itemize
29718 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29719 of if only within section headings.
29720 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29721 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29725 \begin_layout Itemize
29726 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29727 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29730 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29734 \begin_layout Standard
29735 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29739 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29747 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29751 button or alternatively
29773 \begin_layout Standard
29774 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29775 text segments in your document.
29776 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29780 \begin_layout Itemize
29781 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29782 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29790 with its typewriter version
29793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29803 \begin_layout Itemize
29804 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29810 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29822 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29829 (you may want to enable the
29837 options and disable the
29845 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29853 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29854 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29858 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29861 , or occurrences of
29862 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29866 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29872 \begin_layout Subsection
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29877 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29886 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29895 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29901 This is done via the menu
29903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29904 Insert Regular Expression
29912 ) while the cursor is in the
29917 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29918 expression matching rules
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29929 \begin_inset space ~
29932 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29933 to match expressions.
29938 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29939 same text in the document.
29940 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29941 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29944 \begin_layout Enumerate
29945 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29950 editor the fraction
29951 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29955 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29958 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
29959 fractions with the given denominator.
29962 \begin_layout Enumerate
29963 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
29975 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29980 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
29981 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
29983 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29986 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
29987 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
29990 \begin_layout Standard
29991 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
29992 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
29993 \begin_inset Formula $()$
29996 , and referring back to them through
29997 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30001 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30005 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30008 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30009 For example, try searching for the regexp
30010 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30013 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30016 \begin_layout Standard
30017 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30018 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30019 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30024 \begin_inset space ~
30028 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30031 always refers to the first occurrence of
30032 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30035 in all entered regexps.
30038 \begin_layout Standard
30039 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30043 \begin_layout Section
30045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30047 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30052 \begin_inset Index idx
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 \begin_layout Standard
30065 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30066 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30083 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30089 can be seen as the successor to
30097 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30103 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30104 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30112 \begin_layout Standard
30113 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30114 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30121 \begin_layout Standard
30124 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30127 or the toolbar button
30128 \begin_inset Graphics
30129 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
30131 groupId toolbarbuttons
30135 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30136 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30137 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30138 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30139 scrolled so that it is visible.
30144 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30146 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30150 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30151 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30154 \begin_layout Standard
30155 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30162 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30163 will bring an error message.
30164 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30165 specifying a different
30167 Alternative language
30169 in preferences dialog.
30172 \begin_layout Standard
30173 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30176 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30180 \begin_layout Standard
30181 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30182 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30184 But you can use the
30187 \begin_inset space ~
30191 \begin_inset space ~
30199 \begin_layout Standard
30200 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30201 This does work with
30205 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30208 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30212 \begin_layout Standard
30217 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30220 \begin_layout Description
30222 \begin_inset space ~
30225 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30226 should consider, e.
30227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30231 \begin_inset space \space{}
30234 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30235 This should not normally be needed.
30238 \begin_layout Description
30240 \begin_inset space ~
30243 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30244 the spell checker's default choice
30247 \begin_layout Description
30249 \begin_inset space ~
30253 \begin_inset space ~
30256 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30268 \begin_layout Description
30270 \begin_inset space ~
30274 \begin_inset space ~
30277 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30286 also for the spellchecker.
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30291 The encodings are explained in section
30292 \begin_inset space ~
30296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30298 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30307 Only enable this if you use
30311 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30312 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30313 so this is disabled by default.
30316 \begin_layout Section
30318 \begin_inset Index idx
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30330 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30337 \begin_layout Standard
30338 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30339 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30351 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30360 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30361 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30362 are available for many languages.
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30366 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30370 \begin_layout Subsection
30371 Setting up the thesaurus
30374 \begin_layout Standard
30379 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30384 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30389 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30395 en_EN for English).
30396 For instance, the English files are named:
30399 \begin_layout Itemize
30403 \begin_layout Itemize
30407 \begin_layout Standard
30408 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30409 already on your system.
30410 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
30411 \begin_inset Flex URL
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30422 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30427 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30429 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30430 unpack a zip archive.
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30442 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30443 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30445 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30446 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30450 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30453 \begin_layout Subsection
30454 Using the thesaurus
30457 \begin_layout Standard
30458 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30460 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30463 or the toolbar button
30464 \begin_inset Graphics
30465 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
30467 groupId toolbarbuttons
30471 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30473 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30475 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30476 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30477 and hyponyms (such as
30485 ), compounds (such as
30489 ) and antonyms (such as
30497 ), which are marked as such.
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30501 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30502 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30506 \begin_layout Standard
30507 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30508 the dictionary, such as the above
30512 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30517 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30518 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30519 For example looking up the word forms
30527 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30532 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30545 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30546 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30547 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30550 \begin_layout Subsection
30551 License of the Thesaurus library
30554 \begin_layout Standard
30559 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30564 as a standalone program.
30565 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30566 The library was released under the
30568 Berkeley Database License
30570 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30571 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30572 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30574 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30577 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30581 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30584 \begin_layout Section
30586 \begin_inset Index idx
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 \begin_inset Index idx
30599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 Document ! Change Tracking
30606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30608 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30615 \begin_layout Standard
30616 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30617 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30618 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30619 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30623 \begin_inset space ~
30626 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30628 \begin_inset space ~
30636 \begin_layout Standard
30637 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30651 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30652 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30655 \begin_inset space ~
30659 \begin_inset space ~
30669 \begin_inset Index idx
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 Color ! Change tracking
30678 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30679 the cursor is in changed text.
30680 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30681 \begin_inset Graphics
30682 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30684 groupId toolbarbuttons
30691 \begin_layout Standard
30692 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30693 \begin_inset Index idx
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 \begin_layout Standard
30706 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30712 \begin_layout Standard
30713 \begin_inset Graphics
30714 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30722 \begin_layout Standard
30723 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30730 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30734 \begin_layout Standard
30735 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30741 \begin_layout Standard
30742 \begin_inset Tabular
30743 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30744 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30745 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30746 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 \begin_inset Graphics
30753 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30755 groupId toolbarbuttons
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30772 \begin_inset space ~
30775 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30777 \begin_inset space ~
30786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 \begin_inset Graphics
30792 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30794 groupId toolbarbuttons
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30811 \begin_inset space ~
30814 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30816 \begin_inset space ~
30820 \begin_inset space ~
30824 \begin_inset space ~
30833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 \begin_inset Graphics
30839 filename ../images/change-next.png
30841 groupId toolbarbuttons
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 Jumps to the next change
30860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30865 \begin_inset Graphics
30866 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30868 groupId toolbarbuttons
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30885 \begin_inset space ~
30888 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30890 \begin_inset space ~
30899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 \begin_inset Graphics
30905 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30907 groupId toolbarbuttons
30916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30924 \begin_inset space ~
30927 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30929 \begin_inset space ~
30938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 \begin_inset Graphics
30944 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30946 groupId toolbarbuttons
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30963 \begin_inset space ~
30966 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30968 \begin_inset space ~
30977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 \begin_inset Graphics
30983 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30985 groupId toolbarbuttons
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31002 \begin_inset space ~
31005 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31007 \begin_inset space ~
31011 \begin_inset space ~
31020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 \begin_inset Graphics
31026 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
31028 groupId toolbarbuttons
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31045 \begin_inset space ~
31048 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31050 \begin_inset space ~
31054 \begin_inset space ~
31063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 \begin_inset Graphics
31069 filename ../images/note-insert.png
31071 groupId toolbarbuttons
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31087 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31089 \begin_inset space ~
31098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 \begin_inset Graphics
31104 filename ../images/note-next.png
31106 groupId toolbarbuttons
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31123 \begin_inset space ~
31139 \begin_layout Standard
31140 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31146 \begin_layout Standard
31147 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31148 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31149 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31150 the next change after the current cursor position.
31151 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31152 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31153 step to the next change.
31154 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31157 \begin_layout Standard
31158 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31159 to describe a change.
31162 \begin_layout Standard
31163 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31168 \begin_inset Index idx
31171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31178 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31179 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31185 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31188 \begin_layout Section
31189 International Support
31190 \begin_inset Index idx
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 International support
31202 \begin_layout Standard
31203 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31204 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31205 how to set up LyX to use them:
31206 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31208 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31215 \begin_layout Standard
31216 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31217 \begin_inset space ~
31221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31223 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31230 \begin_layout Subsection
31232 \begin_inset Index idx
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 \begin_inset Index idx
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 Document ! Settings
31252 \begin_inset Index idx
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 Document ! Language
31264 \begin_layout Standard
31267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31270 dialog lets you set
31272 the language and character encoding for your language.
31276 \begin_layout Standard
31277 Choose your language in the
31281 section of this dialog.
31289 \begin_layout Standard
31294 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31299 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31300 For details about the different encoding options see section
31301 \begin_inset space ~
31305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31307 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31314 \begin_layout Subsection
31315 Keyboard mapping configuration
31316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31318 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31325 \begin_layout Standard
31326 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31327 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31328 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31329 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31330 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31332 \begin_inset space ~
31336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31338 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31343 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31344 which one you want to use.
31347 \begin_layout Standard
31348 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31349 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31350 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31351 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31352 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31353 one to support the characters you want.
31354 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31361 \begin_layout Subsection
31365 \begin_layout Standard
31367 \begin_inset space ~
31371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31373 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31382 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31386 \begin_layout Standard
31387 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31388 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31396 \begin_layout Itemize
31397 Even if you have selected
31403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31406 dialog, users who have only the
31410 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31414 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31415 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31416 french quotes won't show up.
31419 \begin_layout Standard
31420 \begin_inset Float table
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 \begin_inset Caption
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31431 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 \begin_inset Tabular
31450 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31451 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31468 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35882 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35884 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35885 also the characters from
35897 \begin_layout Itemize
35906 \begin_layout Standard
35907 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35908 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35914 \begin_layout Standard
35915 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35916 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35922 \begin_layout Standard
35923 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35924 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35930 \begin_layout Standard
35931 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35932 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35938 \begin_layout Standard
35940 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35946 \begin_layout Standard
35948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35963 \begin_layout Itemize
35976 \begin_layout Standard
35978 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35992 \begin_layout Standard
35994 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36002 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36008 \begin_layout Standard
36010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36016 \begin_layout Standard
36018 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36027 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36028 Also make sure you're using the
36035 \begin_layout Chapter
36038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36040 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36047 \begin_layout Standard
36048 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36049 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36050 topic inside the user's guide.
36053 \begin_layout Section
36055 \begin_inset Index idx
36058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36067 \begin_layout Standard
36072 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36073 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36076 \begin_layout Subsection
36080 \begin_layout Standard
36081 Creates a new document.
36084 \begin_layout Subsection
36088 \begin_layout Standard
36089 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36090 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36091 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36094 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36102 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Standard
36107 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36108 Click there on a file to open it.
36111 \begin_layout Subsection
36115 \begin_layout Standard
36116 Closes the current document.
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36124 Closes all opened documents.
36127 \begin_layout Subsection
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 Saves the actual document.
36135 \begin_layout Subsection
36139 \begin_layout Standard
36140 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36143 \begin_layout Subsection
36147 \begin_layout Standard
36148 Saves all opened documents.
36151 \begin_layout Subsection
36155 \begin_layout Standard
36156 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36159 \begin_layout Subsection
36163 \begin_layout Standard
36164 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36165 It is described in the section
36167 Version Control in LyX
36171 Additional Features
36176 \begin_layout Subsection
36180 \begin_layout Standard
36181 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36182 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36183 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36184 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36187 \begin_layout Standard
36188 When using the menu entry
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36196 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36200 \begin_inset space ~
36204 \begin_inset space ~
36209 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36210 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36213 \begin_layout Subsection
36215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36224 \begin_layout Standard
36225 You can export your document to various file formats.
36226 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36227 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36228 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36231 \begin_layout Standard
36232 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36247 \begin_layout Description
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36256 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36258 \begin_inset Newline newline
36261 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36264 \begin_layout Description
36272 \begin_layout Description
36273 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36277 \begin_layout Description
36279 \begin_inset space ~
36283 \begin_inset space ~
36286 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36290 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36298 \begin_layout Description
36305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 \begin_inset space ~
36318 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36319 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36323 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36326 \begin_layout Description
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36341 \begin_inset space ~
36346 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36347 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36355 \begin_layout Description
36357 \begin_inset space ~
36360 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36368 is replaced by the version number)
36371 \begin_layout Description
36372 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36375 \begin_layout Description
36376 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36389 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36393 \begin_layout Description
36397 \begin_inset space ~
36402 PDF-format using the program
36407 \begin_layout Description
36411 \begin_inset space ~
36416 PDF-format using the program
36421 \begin_layout Description
36425 \begin_inset space ~
36430 PDF-format using the program
36435 \begin_layout Description
36439 \begin_inset space ~
36447 \begin_layout Description
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset space ~
36460 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36461 and then exported as text using the program
36466 \begin_layout Description
36471 PostScript format using the program
36476 \begin_layout Description
36484 \begin_layout Standard
36489 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36490 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36496 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36499 \begin_layout Standard
36500 If one of the menu entries
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36516 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36517 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36518 \begin_inset space ~
36522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36524 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36529 \begin_inset Index idx
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36533 Reconfiguration of LyX
36541 \begin_layout Standard
36546 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36547 the export program.
36550 \begin_layout Subsection
36554 \begin_layout Standard
36555 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36556 format or send it to a printer.
36557 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36558 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36564 For more information have a look at section
36565 \begin_inset space ~
36569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36571 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36578 \begin_layout Subsection
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36584 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36585 prefix, see section
36586 \begin_inset space ~
36590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36592 reference "sec:Paths"
36597 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36606 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36607 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36608 \begin_inset space ~
36612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36614 reference "sub:Converters"
36621 \begin_layout Subsection
36622 New and Close Window
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36626 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36629 \begin_layout Subsection
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36637 \begin_layout Section
36639 \begin_inset Index idx
36642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 \begin_layout Subsection
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 Described in section
36657 \begin_inset space ~
36661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36663 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36670 \begin_layout Subsection
36671 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36674 \begin_layout Standard
36675 Described in section
36676 \begin_inset space ~
36680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36682 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36689 \begin_layout Subsection
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36694 Selects the whole document.
36697 \begin_layout Subsection
36701 \begin_layout Standard
36702 Described in section
36703 \begin_inset space ~
36707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36709 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36717 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36721 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36725 \begin_layout Subsection
36729 \begin_layout Standard
36730 Described in section
36731 \begin_inset space ~
36735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36737 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36744 \begin_layout Subsection
36746 \begin_inset Index idx
36749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 Paragraph ! Settings
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36760 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36765 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36767 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36773 \begin_inset space ~
36781 \begin_layout Subsection
36782 Table Settings and Math
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36786 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36788 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36789 The properties of tables are described in section
36790 \begin_inset space ~
36794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36796 reference "sec:Tables"
36800 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36801 \begin_inset space ~
36805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36807 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36814 \begin_layout Subsection
36815 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36818 \begin_layout Standard
36819 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36820 that can be nested.
36821 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36822 \begin_inset space ~
36826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36828 reference "sec:Nesting"
36833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36835 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36842 \begin_layout Section
36844 \begin_inset Index idx
36847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36861 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36862 document with an external program.
36863 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36864 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36865 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36866 \begin_inset space ~
36870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36872 reference "sub:Export"
36877 You should at least see the menu entries
36884 \begin_inset space ~
36890 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36891 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36892 \begin_inset space ~
36896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36898 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36903 \begin_inset Index idx
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 Reconfiguration of LyX
36915 \begin_layout Standard
36916 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36917 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36918 \begin_inset space ~
36922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36924 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36929 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36932 \begin_layout Standard
36933 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36936 At the bottom of the
36940 menu the opened documents are listed.
36943 \begin_layout Subsection
36944 Open/Close all Insets
36947 \begin_layout Standard
36948 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36951 \begin_layout Subsection
36952 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36955 \begin_layout Standard
36956 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36960 Math macros are described in the
36967 \begin_layout Subsection
36971 \begin_layout Standard
36972 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36974 \begin_inset space ~
36978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36980 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36987 \begin_layout Subsection
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
36993 opening a new view window.
36996 \begin_layout Subsection
37000 \begin_layout Standard
37001 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37002 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37003 view the same document, but at different positions.
37004 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37005 or more documents at the same time.
37006 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37013 \begin_layout Subsection
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37018 Closes a split view.
37021 \begin_layout Subsection
37025 \begin_layout Standard
37026 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37027 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37028 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37029 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37030 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37033 \begin_layout Subsection
37035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37037 name "sub:Toolbars"
37042 \begin_inset Index idx
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37055 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37056 All toolbars and the
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37064 can be turned on and off.
37069 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37081 \begin_inset space ~
37090 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37094 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37101 \begin_layout Standard
37106 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37110 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37111 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37112 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37113 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37114 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37117 \begin_layout Standard
37118 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37119 \begin_inset space ~
37123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37125 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37132 \begin_layout Section
37134 \begin_inset Index idx
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 \begin_layout Subsection
37150 \begin_layout Standard
37151 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37152 \begin_inset space ~
37156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37158 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37169 \begin_layout Subsection
37171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37173 name "sub:Special-Character"
37180 \begin_layout Standard
37181 Here you can insert the following characters:
37184 \begin_layout Description
37185 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37186 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37187 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37188 \begin_inset Newline newline
37192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37200 Not all characters will be visible in the
37204 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37212 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37216 ) can display every character.
37224 \begin_layout Description
37225 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37229 \begin_layout Description
37231 \begin_inset space ~
37235 \begin_inset space ~
37238 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37239 \begin_inset space ~
37243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37245 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37252 \begin_layout Description
37254 \begin_inset space ~
37257 Quote Inserts this quote:
37258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37261 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37273 \begin_layout Description
37275 \begin_inset space ~
37278 Quote Inserts this quote:
37279 \begin_inset Quotes els
37285 \begin_layout Description
37287 \begin_inset space ~
37290 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37294 \begin_layout Description
37296 \begin_inset space ~
37299 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37303 \begin_layout Description
37305 \begin_inset space ~
37308 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37312 \begin_layout Description
37314 \begin_inset space ~
37318 \begin_inset Index idx
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 \begin_inset Index idx
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37337 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37338 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37339 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37344 \begin_inset Index idx
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37354 \begin_inset Newline newline
37357 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37361 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37369 and this Wiki-page:
37370 \begin_inset Newline newline
37374 \begin_inset Flex URL
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37387 \begin_layout Subsection
37391 \begin_layout Standard
37392 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37395 \begin_layout Description
37396 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37397 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37403 \begin_layout Description
37404 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37405 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37411 \begin_layout Description
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37416 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37417 \begin_inset space ~
37421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37423 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37430 \begin_layout Description
37432 \begin_inset space ~
37435 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37436 \begin_inset space ~
37440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37442 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37449 \begin_layout Description
37451 \begin_inset space ~
37454 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37455 \begin_inset space ~
37459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37461 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37468 \begin_layout Description
37470 \begin_inset space ~
37473 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37474 \begin_inset space ~
37478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37480 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37487 \begin_layout Description
37489 \begin_inset space ~
37492 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37493 \begin_inset space ~
37497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37499 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37506 \begin_layout Description
37508 \begin_inset space ~
37511 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37512 \begin_inset space ~
37516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37518 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37525 \begin_layout Description
37527 \begin_inset space ~
37530 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37531 \begin_inset space ~
37535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37537 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37544 \begin_layout Description
37546 \begin_inset space ~
37549 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37550 \begin_inset space ~
37554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37556 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37563 \begin_layout Description
37565 \begin_inset space ~
37569 \begin_inset space ~
37572 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37573 \begin_inset space ~
37577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37579 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37586 \begin_layout Description
37588 \begin_inset space ~
37591 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37592 text line to the page border, see section
37593 \begin_inset space ~
37597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37599 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37606 \begin_layout Description
37608 \begin_inset space ~
37611 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37612 \begin_inset space ~
37616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37618 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37625 \begin_layout Description
37627 \begin_inset space ~
37630 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37631 text page to the page border, described in section
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37638 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37645 \begin_layout Description
37647 \begin_inset space ~
37650 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37657 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37664 \begin_layout Description
37666 \begin_inset space ~
37670 \begin_inset space ~
37673 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37674 \begin_inset space ~
37678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37680 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37687 \begin_layout Subsection
37691 \begin_layout Standard
37692 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
37693 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37695 \begin_inset space ~
37699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37701 reference "sec:toc"
37706 The index list is described in section
37707 \begin_inset space ~
37711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37713 reference "sec:Index"
37717 , the nomenclature in section
37718 \begin_inset space ~
37722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37724 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37728 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
37729 \begin_inset space ~
37733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37735 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37742 \begin_layout Subsection
37746 \begin_layout Standard
37747 To insert floats, described in section
37748 \begin_inset space ~
37752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37754 reference "sec:Floats"
37761 \begin_layout Subsection
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37766 To insert notes, described in section
37767 \begin_inset space ~
37771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37773 reference "sec:Notes"
37780 \begin_layout Subsection
37784 \begin_layout Standard
37785 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37786 \begin_inset space ~
37790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37792 reference "sec:Branches"
37799 \begin_layout Subsection
37803 \begin_layout Standard
37804 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37805 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37807 An example is the document class
37808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37815 with three custom insets.
37818 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37824 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37827 \begin_layout Subsection
37829 \begin_inset Index idx
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 \begin_layout Standard
37842 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37843 files in your document.
37844 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37855 \begin_layout Subsection
37857 \begin_inset Index idx
37860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37871 \begin_inset space ~
37875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37877 reference "sec:Minipages"
37882 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37893 \begin_layout Subsection
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37898 Inserts a citation as described in section
37899 \begin_inset space ~
37903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37905 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37912 \begin_layout Subsection
37916 \begin_layout Standard
37917 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37918 \begin_inset space ~
37922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37924 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37931 \begin_layout Subsection
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 Inserts a label as described in section
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37943 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37950 \begin_layout Subsection
37952 \begin_inset Index idx
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 \begin_inset Index idx
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 Longtables ! Caption
37974 \begin_layout Standard
37975 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
37976 Floats are described in section
37977 \begin_inset space ~
37981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37983 reference "sec:Floats"
37987 , captions in longtables are described in the section
37998 \begin_layout Subsection
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38003 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38004 \begin_inset space ~
38008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38010 reference "sec:Index"
38017 \begin_layout Subsection
38021 \begin_layout Standard
38022 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38023 \begin_inset space ~
38027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38029 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38036 \begin_layout Subsection
38040 \begin_layout Standard
38042 Tables are described in section
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38049 reference "sec:Tables"
38056 \begin_layout Subsection
38060 \begin_layout Standard
38062 Graphics are described in section
38063 \begin_inset space ~
38067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38069 reference "sec:Graphics"
38076 \begin_layout Subsection
38080 \begin_layout Standard
38081 Inserts an URL as described in section
38082 \begin_inset space ~
38086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38088 reference "sub:URLs"
38095 \begin_layout Subsection
38099 \begin_layout Standard
38100 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38101 \begin_inset space ~
38105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38107 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38114 \begin_layout Subsection
38118 \begin_layout Standard
38119 Inserts a footnote, see section
38120 \begin_inset space ~
38124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38126 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38133 \begin_layout Subsection
38137 \begin_layout Standard
38138 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38139 \begin_inset space ~
38143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38145 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38152 \begin_layout Subsection
38156 \begin_layout Standard
38157 Inserts a short title, see section
38158 \begin_inset space ~
38162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38164 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38171 \begin_layout Subsection
38175 \begin_layout Standard
38176 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38177 \begin_inset space ~
38181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38183 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38190 \begin_layout Subsection
38192 \begin_inset Index idx
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 \begin_layout Standard
38205 Inserts a program listings box.
38206 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38208 Program Code Listings
38217 \begin_layout Subsection
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 Inserts the actual date.
38223 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38225 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38237 \begin_layout Section
38239 \begin_inset Index idx
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38251 \begin_layout Standard
38252 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38253 \begin_inset space ~
38256 of the current document.
38257 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38260 \begin_layout Subsection
38264 \begin_layout Standard
38265 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38266 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38272 \begin_inset space \space{}
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38280 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38281 \begin_inset space ~
38284 2.5 and use the menu
38287 \begin_inset space ~
38291 \begin_inset space ~
38298 \begin_inset space ~
38304 \begin_inset space ~
38308 \begin_inset space ~
38314 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38318 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38324 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38330 \begin_layout Standard
38331 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38332 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38335 \begin_layout Subsection
38336 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38339 \begin_layout Standard
38340 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38344 \begin_layout Subsection
38348 \begin_layout Standard
38349 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38350 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38351 on a cross-reference box.
38354 \begin_layout Section
38356 \begin_inset Index idx
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38368 \begin_layout Subsection
38372 \begin_layout Standard
38373 Change Tracking is described in section
38374 \begin_inset space ~
38378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38380 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38387 \begin_layout Subsection
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 \begin_layout Standard
38403 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38405 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38408 \begin_layout Standard
38409 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38414 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38417 \begin_layout Subsection
38421 \begin_layout Standard
38422 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38423 \begin_inset space ~
38427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38429 reference "sec:Navigating"
38434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38436 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38443 \begin_layout Subsection
38444 Start Appendix Here
38447 \begin_layout Standard
38448 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38449 position as described in section
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38456 reference "sec:Appendices"
38463 \begin_layout Subsection
38467 \begin_layout Standard
38468 Un/compresses the current document.
38471 \begin_layout Subsection
38475 \begin_layout Standard
38476 The document settings are described in appendix
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38483 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38490 \begin_layout Section
38492 \begin_inset Index idx
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38504 \begin_layout Subsection
38508 \begin_layout Standard
38509 Spell checking is explained in section
38510 \begin_inset space ~
38514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38516 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38523 \begin_layout Subsection
38527 \begin_layout Standard
38528 The thesaurus is described in section
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38535 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38542 \begin_layout Subsection
38544 \begin_inset Index idx
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 \begin_inset Index idx
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_layout Standard
38567 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38568 highlighted document part.
38571 \begin_layout Subsection
38573 \begin_inset Index idx
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38585 \begin_layout Standard
38586 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38589 \begin_layout Subsection
38591 \begin_inset Index idx
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38595 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38606 Reconfiguration of LyX
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 \begin_inset Index idx
38626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 Reconfiguration of LyX
38635 \begin_layout Standard
38636 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38637 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38638 \begin_inset space ~
38642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38644 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38651 \begin_layout Subsection
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38663 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38670 \begin_layout Section
38672 \begin_inset Index idx
38675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38685 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38698 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38699 found by LyX (see also section
38700 \begin_inset space ~
38704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38706 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38713 \begin_layout Section
38715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38717 name "sec:Toolbars"
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38725 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38726 \begin_inset space ~
38730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38732 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38739 \begin_layout Standard
38740 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38741 This is described in the
38743 Additional Features
38748 \begin_layout Subsection
38750 \begin_inset Index idx
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 \begin_inset Graphics
38764 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38772 \begin_layout Standard
38773 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 \begin_inset Note Note
38800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38806 manual for more information.
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 \begin_inset Tabular
38823 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38824 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 \begin_inset Graphics
38833 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38847 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38861 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38867 \begin_layout Standard
38869 \begin_inset Tabular
38870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38871 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38872 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38873 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38881 \begin_inset Graphics
38882 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38884 groupId toolbarbuttons
38893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38911 \begin_inset Graphics
38912 filename ../images/file-open.png
38914 groupId toolbarbuttons
38923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38941 \begin_inset Graphics
38942 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38944 groupId toolbarbuttons
38953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 \begin_inset Graphics
38972 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38974 groupId toolbarbuttons
38983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38989 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 \begin_inset Graphics
39002 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
39004 groupId toolbarbuttons
39013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39019 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39031 \begin_inset Graphics
39032 filename ../images/undo.png
39034 groupId toolbarbuttons
39043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39061 \begin_inset Graphics
39062 filename ../images/redo.png
39064 groupId toolbarbuttons
39073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39091 \begin_inset Graphics
39092 filename ../images/cut.png
39094 groupId toolbarbuttons
39103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39109 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39121 \begin_inset Graphics
39122 filename ../images/copy.png
39124 groupId toolbarbuttons
39133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 \begin_inset Graphics
39152 filename ../images/paste.png
39154 groupId toolbarbuttons
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39169 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 \begin_inset Graphics
39182 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39184 groupId toolbarbuttons
39193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39219 \begin_inset Graphics
39220 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39222 groupId toolbarbuttons
39231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39238 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39245 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 \begin_inset Graphics
39251 filename ../images/font-emph.png
39253 groupId toolbarbuttons
39262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39266 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39268 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39286 \begin_inset Graphics
39287 filename ../images/font-noun.png
39289 groupId toolbarbuttons
39298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39304 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39306 \begin_inset space ~
39317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39322 \begin_inset Graphics
39323 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
39325 groupId toolbarbuttons
39334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39338 Formats text using the current settings in the
39340 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39342 \begin_inset space ~
39353 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39358 \begin_inset Graphics
39359 filename ../images/math-mode.png
39361 groupId toolbarbuttons
39370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39377 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39393 \begin_inset Graphics
39394 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
39396 groupId toolbarbuttons
39405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39423 \begin_inset Graphics
39424 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39426 groupId toolbarbuttons
39435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39453 \begin_inset Graphics
39454 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
39456 groupId toolbarbuttons
39465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39469 Toggle outline window on/off,
39471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39483 \begin_inset Graphics
39484 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
39486 groupId toolbarbuttons
39495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39499 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39510 \begin_inset Graphics
39511 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
39513 groupId toolbarbuttons
39522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39526 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39539 \begin_layout Subsection
39541 \begin_inset Index idx
39544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39553 \begin_layout Standard
39554 \begin_inset Graphics
39555 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39563 \begin_layout Standard
39564 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39571 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39575 \begin_layout Standard
39576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39582 \begin_layout Standard
39583 \begin_inset Tabular
39584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39585 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39586 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39587 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39588 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39593 \begin_inset Graphics
39594 filename ../images/layout.png
39596 groupId toolbarbuttons
39605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39620 \begin_inset Graphics
39621 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39623 groupId toolbarbuttons
39632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39647 \begin_inset Graphics
39648 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39650 groupId toolbarbuttons
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39674 \begin_inset Graphics
39675 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39677 groupId toolbarbuttons
39686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39701 \begin_inset Graphics
39702 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39704 groupId toolbarbuttons
39713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39728 \begin_inset Graphics
39729 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39731 groupId toolbarbuttons
39740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39748 \begin_inset space ~
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 \begin_inset Graphics
39767 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39769 groupId toolbarbuttons
39778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39804 \begin_inset Graphics
39805 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39807 groupId toolbarbuttons
39816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39823 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_inset Graphics
39836 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39838 groupId toolbarbuttons
39847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39854 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39866 \begin_inset Graphics
39867 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39869 groupId toolbarbuttons
39878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39896 \begin_inset Graphics
39897 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39899 groupId toolbarbuttons
39908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 \begin_inset Graphics
39927 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39929 groupId toolbarbuttons
39938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39956 \begin_inset Graphics
39957 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39959 groupId toolbarbuttons
39968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39976 \begin_inset space ~
39985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 \begin_inset Graphics
39991 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39993 groupId toolbarbuttons
40002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40024 \begin_inset Graphics
40025 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
40027 groupId toolbarbuttons
40036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40054 \begin_inset Graphics
40055 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
40057 groupId toolbarbuttons
40066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40088 \begin_inset Graphics
40089 filename ../images/note-insert.png
40091 groupId toolbarbuttons
40100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40107 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40123 \begin_inset Graphics
40124 filename ../images/box-insert.png
40126 groupId toolbarbuttons
40135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40148 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40153 \begin_inset Graphics
40154 filename ../images/url-insert.png
40156 groupId toolbarbuttons
40165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40183 \begin_inset Graphics
40184 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
40186 groupId toolbarbuttons
40195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40228 \begin_inset Graphics
40229 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40231 groupId toolbarbuttons
40240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40247 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 \begin_inset Graphics
40260 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40262 groupId toolbarbuttons
40271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40278 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40294 \begin_inset Graphics
40295 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
40297 groupId toolbarbuttons
40306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40328 \begin_inset Graphics
40329 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
40331 groupId toolbarbuttons
40340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 \begin_inset Graphics
40363 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
40365 groupId toolbarbuttons
40374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40380 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40394 \begin_layout Subsection
40395 View / Update Toolbar
40396 \begin_inset Index idx
40399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40400 Toolbar ! View / Update
40408 \begin_layout Standard
40409 \begin_inset Graphics
40410 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40429 \begin_layout Standard
40430 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40436 \begin_layout Standard
40437 \begin_inset Tabular
40438 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
40439 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40440 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40441 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40447 \begin_inset Graphics
40448 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
40450 groupId toolbarbuttons
40459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40477 \begin_inset Graphics
40478 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
40480 groupId toolbarbuttons
40489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40495 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40496 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40508 \begin_inset Graphics
40509 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
40511 groupId toolbarbuttons
40520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40526 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 \begin_inset Graphics
40539 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
40541 groupId toolbarbuttons
40550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40556 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40557 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 \begin_inset Graphics
40570 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
40572 groupId toolbarbuttons
40581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40587 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 \begin_inset Graphics
40600 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40602 groupId toolbarbuttons
40611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40617 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40618 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40632 \begin_layout Subsection
40636 \begin_layout Standard
40637 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40644 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40648 , the table toolbar
40649 \begin_inset Index idx
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 manual, the math macro toolbar
40663 \begin_inset Index idx
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40679 \begin_layout Chapter
40680 The Document Settings
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40683 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40688 \begin_inset Index idx
40691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40692 Document ! Settings
40700 \begin_layout Standard
40701 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
40702 whole document and is called with the menu
40704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40708 You can save your document settings as default with th
40710 e Save as Document Defaults
40712 button in the dialog.
40713 This will create a template name
40721 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
40725 \begin_layout Standard
40726 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
40729 \begin_layout Section
40733 \begin_layout Standard
40734 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
40736 Document classes are described in section
40737 \begin_inset space ~
40741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40743 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
40748 Some classes use some class options by default.
40749 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
40753 and you can decide to use them or not.
40754 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
40755 recommended not to touch them.
40756 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
40762 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
40763 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
40768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 When you want one of the following drivers
40770 \begin_inset Newline newline
40773 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
40774 \begin_inset Newline newline
40777 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
40778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40784 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
40796 \begin_layout Standard
40797 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
40798 child or subdocument.
40799 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
40800 without its master.
40801 This way child documents are always compilable.
40802 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
40813 \begin_layout Section
40817 \begin_layout Standard
40818 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
40819 Please refer to the section
40827 manual for details.
40830 \begin_layout Section
40834 \begin_layout Standard
40835 Modules are explained in section
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40842 reference "sub:Modules"
40849 \begin_layout Section
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40854 The document font settings are described in section
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40861 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40868 \begin_layout Section
40872 \begin_layout Standard
40873 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40875 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40879 \begin_layout Standard
40880 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40881 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40882 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40885 \begin_layout Standard
40886 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40894 \begin_layout Section
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 A description of this menu is given in section
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40906 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40913 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40920 \begin_layout Section
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40925 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40926 \begin_inset space ~
40930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40932 reference "sub:Margins"
40939 \begin_layout Section
40941 \begin_inset Index idx
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 Language ! Encoding
40953 \begin_layout Standard
40954 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40955 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40956 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
40957 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
40958 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
40959 known for a particular character).
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 The known commands are defined in a text file.
40965 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
40970 manual for details.
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 If you use the option
40983 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
40984 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
40985 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
40986 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
40987 exactly one encoding.
40988 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
40991 \begin_layout Standard
40992 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
40993 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
40994 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
40995 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
40996 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
40997 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41002 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41003 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41004 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41005 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41006 engines to standard LaTeX.
41007 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41008 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 \begin_inset space ~
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41049 \begin_inset space ~
41055 \begin_inset space ~
41059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41061 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41065 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41068 \begin_layout Standard
41069 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41072 \begin_layout Description
41074 \begin_inset space ~
41078 \begin_inset space ~
41082 \begin_inset space ~
41089 , but the LaTeX-package
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41104 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41105 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41106 languages in TeX code.
41109 \begin_layout Description
41110 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41111 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41112 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41115 \begin_layout Description
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41124 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41127 \begin_layout Description
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41133 \begin_inset space ~
41136 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41139 \begin_layout Description
41141 \begin_inset space ~
41144 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41147 \begin_layout Description
41149 \begin_inset space ~
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41156 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41157 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41160 \begin_layout Description
41162 \begin_inset space ~
41166 \begin_inset space ~
41169 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41173 \begin_layout Description
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41182 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41183 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41186 \begin_layout Description
41188 \begin_inset space ~
41192 \begin_inset space ~
41196 \begin_inset space ~
41199 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41206 \begin_layout Description
41208 \begin_inset space ~
41212 \begin_inset space ~
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41219 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41220 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41223 \begin_layout Description
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41233 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41234 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41235 \begin_inset space ~
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41245 \begin_layout Description
41247 \begin_inset space ~
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41254 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41255 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41256 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41257 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41258 \begin_inset space ~
41262 \begin_inset space ~
41268 \begin_layout Description
41270 \begin_inset space ~
41274 \begin_inset space ~
41277 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41280 \begin_layout Description
41282 \begin_inset space ~
41286 \begin_inset space ~
41289 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41292 \begin_layout Description
41294 \begin_inset space ~
41298 \begin_inset space ~
41301 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41304 \begin_layout Description
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41309 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41312 \begin_layout Description
41314 \begin_inset space ~
41317 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41320 \begin_layout Description
41322 \begin_inset space ~
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41329 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41332 \begin_layout Description
41334 \begin_inset space ~
41338 \begin_inset space ~
41344 \begin_layout Description
41346 \begin_inset space ~
41350 \begin_inset space ~
41353 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41356 \begin_layout Description
41358 \begin_inset space ~
41362 \begin_inset space ~
41368 \begin_layout Description
41370 \begin_inset space ~
41374 \begin_inset space ~
41377 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41382 \begin_inset Index idx
41385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41391 , when using this, set the document language to
41396 \begin_layout Description
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41402 \begin_inset space ~
41405 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41409 , when using this, set the document language to
41412 \begin_inset space ~
41418 \begin_layout Description
41420 \begin_inset space ~
41424 \begin_inset space ~
41427 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41432 \begin_inset Index idx
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41436 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41441 , when using this, set the document language to
41446 \begin_layout Description
41448 \begin_inset space ~
41452 \begin_inset space ~
41455 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41459 , when using this, set the document language to
41464 \begin_layout Description
41466 \begin_inset space ~
41470 \begin_inset space ~
41473 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41477 , when using this, set the document language to
41482 \begin_layout Description
41484 \begin_inset space ~
41487 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41490 \begin_layout Description
41492 \begin_inset space ~
41496 \begin_inset space ~
41500 \begin_inset space ~
41503 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41506 \begin_layout Description
41508 \begin_inset space ~
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41516 \begin_inset space ~
41519 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41520 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41521 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41524 \begin_layout Description
41526 \begin_inset space ~
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41536 \begin_layout Description
41538 \begin_inset space ~
41542 \begin_inset space ~
41545 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41546 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41549 \begin_layout Description
41551 \begin_inset space ~
41555 \begin_inset space ~
41558 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41563 \begin_inset Index idx
41566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41572 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41575 \begin_layout Description
41577 \begin_inset space ~
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41584 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
41592 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
41597 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
41599 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
41602 \begin_layout Description
41604 \begin_inset space ~
41608 \begin_inset space ~
41611 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41616 \begin_inset Index idx
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
41625 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
41628 \begin_layout Description
41630 \begin_inset space ~
41633 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41638 \begin_inset Index idx
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41642 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41648 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41652 \begin_layout Description
41654 \begin_inset space ~
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41665 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_layout Description
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41685 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
41686 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
41687 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
41691 \begin_layout Description
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
41705 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
41708 \begin_layout Section
41712 \begin_layout Standard
41713 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
41714 depth in the table of contents as described in section
41715 \begin_inset space ~
41719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41721 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
41728 \begin_layout Section
41732 \begin_layout Standard
41733 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
41738 \begin_inset Index idx
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
41752 \begin_inset Index idx
41755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
41761 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
41766 \begin_inset Index idx
41769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
41775 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
41777 For a further description see section
41778 \begin_inset space ~
41782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41784 reference "sec:Bibliography"
41791 \begin_layout Section
41795 \begin_layout Standard
41796 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
41797 and you can define additional indexes.
41798 Please refer to section
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41805 reference "sec:Index"
41812 \begin_layout Section
41816 \begin_layout Standard
41817 The PDF properties are explained in section
41818 \begin_inset space ~
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41824 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
41831 \begin_layout Section
41835 \begin_layout Standard
41836 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
41841 \begin_inset Index idx
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
41855 \begin_inset Index idx
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41864 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41867 \begin_layout Standard
41872 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41873 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41876 \begin_layout Standard
41881 is used for special integral characters.
41884 \begin_layout Section
41888 \begin_layout Standard
41889 The float placement options are described in section
41890 \begin_inset space ~
41894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41896 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41903 \begin_layout Section
41907 \begin_layout Standard
41908 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41909 The itemize environment is described in section
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41916 reference "sec:Itemize"
41923 \begin_layout Section
41927 \begin_layout Standard
41928 Branches are described in section
41929 \begin_inset space ~
41933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41935 reference "sec:Branches"
41942 \begin_layout Section
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 \begin_layout Standard
41958 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
41959 to define LaTeX-commands.
41960 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
41961 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
41965 \begin_layout Standard
41966 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
41967 \begin_inset space ~
41971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41973 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
41980 \begin_layout Chapter
41986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41988 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
41993 \begin_inset Index idx
41996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42005 \begin_layout Standard
42006 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42008 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42012 It has the following submenus.
42015 \begin_layout Section
42019 \begin_layout Subsection
42023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42024 User Interface File
42025 \begin_inset Index idx
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 Customization ! of toolbars
42035 \begin_inset Index idx
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 Customization ! of menus
42047 \begin_layout Standard
42048 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42056 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42065 \begin_layout Standard
42066 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42067 interface (ui) file.
42068 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42069 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42078 Both files are loaded by the
42083 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42084 files and edit the entries.
42087 \begin_layout Standard
42088 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42100 entries must be ended with an explicit
42125 and in the case of the
42126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42138 The syntax for the entries is:
42141 \begin_layout Standard
42142 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42170 \begin_layout Standard
42172 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42175 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42177 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42187 \begin_layout Standard
42188 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42194 \begin_layout Standard
42195 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42197 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42200 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42204 \begin_layout Standard
42205 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42229 \begin_layout Standard
42231 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42234 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42241 \begin_layout Standard
42244 Enable tool tips in main work area
42246 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42254 \begin_layout Standard
42258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42265 restoring of window layout and geometries
42267 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42268 in the last LyX session.
42271 \begin_layout Standard
42274 Restore cursor positions
42276 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42280 \begin_layout Standard
42283 Load opened files from last session
42285 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42292 name "sub:Backup documents"
42297 \begin_inset Index idx
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 \begin_layout Standard
42314 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42317 \begin_layout Standard
42322 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42325 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42327 \begin_inset space ~
42335 \begin_layout Standard
42338 Open documents in tabs
42340 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42344 \begin_layout Subsection
42346 \begin_inset Index idx
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42358 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42365 \begin_layout Standard
42366 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42378 This section only deals with the fonts
42383 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42387 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42398 \begin_layout Standard
42399 By default, LyX uses
42403 as roman (serif) font,
42411 (depends on the system) as
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42430 \begin_layout Standard
42431 You can change the font size with the
42436 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42437 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42440 \begin_layout Standard
42445 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
42446 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42451 points have the size of 1
42452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42456 \begin_inset space ~
42460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42462 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42469 \begin_layout Standard
42474 are the same as if a document font size of 10
42475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42479 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42480 \begin_inset space ~
42484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42486 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42493 \begin_layout Standard
42496 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
42498 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
42499 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
42500 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
42501 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
42503 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
42504 \begin_inset space ~
42510 \begin_layout Subsection
42512 \begin_inset Index idx
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 \begin_inset Index idx
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42535 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
42536 Choose an item in the list and use the
42543 \begin_layout Subsection
42545 \begin_inset Index idx
42548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 \begin_layout Standard
42558 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
42561 \begin_layout Standard
42566 enables previewing snippets of your document.
42567 This feature is described in section
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42574 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
42581 \begin_layout Standard
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42589 \begin_inset space ~
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42598 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
42601 \begin_layout Section
42603 \begin_inset Index idx
42606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 \begin_layout Subsection
42619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42623 \begin_layout Standard
42626 Cursor follows scrollbar
42628 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
42632 \begin_layout Standard
42635 Sort environments alphabetically
42637 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42640 \begin_layout Standard
42643 Group environments by their category
42645 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42648 \begin_layout Standard
42649 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
42661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42665 \begin_layout Standard
42666 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
42671 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
42672 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
42676 \begin_layout Subsection
42678 \begin_inset Index idx
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42688 \begin_inset Index idx
42691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42692 Settings ! Shortcuts
42700 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42704 \begin_layout Standard
42705 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
42706 Several binding files are available:
42709 \begin_layout Description
42710 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
42713 \begin_layout Description
42714 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
42725 \begin_layout Description
42726 mac.bind set of bindings for
42729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42737 \begin_layout Standard
42738 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
42742 , and bind files for special languages.
42743 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
42744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42748 \begin_inset space \space{}
42752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42760 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
42764 \begin_layout Standard
42765 Some bind-files, like
42769 , have only a small scope.
42770 When looking at the end of the file
42774 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
42777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42781 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
42786 \begin_inset Index idx
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42790 Key Bindings ! Editing
42798 \begin_layout Standard
42799 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
42800 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
42801 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
42804 Show key-bindings containing
42807 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
42808 Insert there for example as keyword
42809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42816 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
42818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42826 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
42827 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
42831 that you will find in the
42838 \begin_layout Standard
42840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42844 \begin_inset space \space{}
42855 , select the function and press the
42860 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42861 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42862 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42863 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42864 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42866 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42868 The binding for the function
42872 is an example of this.
42875 \begin_layout Standard
42876 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42878 The syntax of the entries is:
42881 \begin_layout Standard
42887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42905 \begin_layout Subsection
42907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42909 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42914 \begin_inset Index idx
42917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42924 \begin_inset Index idx
42927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42936 \begin_layout Standard
42937 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42938 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42944 \begin_inset space \space{}
42947 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42948 can use the keyboard map file named
42955 \begin_layout Standard
42956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
42972 \begin_layout Standard
42973 Besides this, you can specify here the
42975 Wheel scrolling speed
42978 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
42982 \begin_layout Subsection
42984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42986 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
42991 \begin_inset Index idx
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43003 \begin_layout Standard
43004 Input completion is described in sec.
43005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43011 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43016 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43018 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43019 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43023 \begin_layout Section
43025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43032 \begin_inset Index idx
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 \begin_inset Index idx
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43054 \begin_layout Description
43056 \begin_inset space ~
43059 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43060 It is the default when you
43071 \begin_inset space ~
43079 \begin_layout Description
43081 \begin_inset space ~
43084 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43086 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43088 \begin_inset space ~
43092 \begin_inset space ~
43100 \begin_layout Description
43102 \begin_inset space ~
43105 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43111 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43115 \begin_inset Newline newline
43119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43131 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43139 \begin_layout Description
43141 \begin_inset space ~
43145 \begin_inset Index idx
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43155 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43156 \begin_inset space ~
43160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43162 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43170 will be used to save the backups.
43171 \begin_inset Newline newline
43174 The backup files have the ending
43175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43185 \begin_layout Description
43190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43197 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43198 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43199 \begin_inset Newline newline
43203 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43211 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43219 \begin_layout Description
43221 \begin_inset space ~
43224 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43227 \begin_layout Description
43229 \begin_inset space ~
43232 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43233 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43234 to find it on the system.
43235 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43236 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43245 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43246 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43250 \begin_layout Section
43254 \begin_layout Standard
43255 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43256 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43258 \begin_inset space ~
43262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43264 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43268 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43271 \begin_layout Section
43273 \begin_inset Index idx
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 Language ! Settings
43283 \begin_inset Index idx
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43287 Settings ! Language
43295 \begin_layout Subsection
43299 \begin_layout Description
43301 \begin_inset space ~
43305 \begin_inset space ~
43308 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43309 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43310 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43311 You find the actual translation status here:
43312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43314 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43315 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43322 \begin_layout Description
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43327 language is the language used in new documents
43330 \begin_layout Description
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43335 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
43337 The default is the LaTeX-command
43343 that loads the package
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43352 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
43353 \begin_inset space ~
43357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43359 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43369 \begin_inset Newline newline
43376 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
43377 to the document language.
43378 A text label is, for instance, the word
43379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43386 at the beginning of every table caption.
43389 \begin_layout Description
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43394 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
43395 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
43396 An example is the start command
43402 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
43407 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43422 selectlanguage{$$lang}
43427 \begin_layout Description
43429 \begin_inset space ~
43437 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
43438 command toggles the package on and off.
43441 \begin_layout Description
43443 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_layout Description
43454 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
43455 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
43456 used by all LaTeX-packages.
43457 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
43464 \begin_layout Description
43466 \begin_inset space ~
43469 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
43471 When this option is not set, the
43474 \begin_inset space ~
43479 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
43480 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43491 \begin_layout Description
43493 \begin_inset space ~
43499 \begin_inset space ~
43505 When it is not set, the
43508 \begin_inset space ~
43513 is set to the end of the document.
43516 \begin_layout Description
43518 \begin_inset space ~
43522 \begin_inset space ~
43525 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
43526 language will be underlined blue.
43529 \begin_layout Description
43531 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_inset space ~
43538 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
43539 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
43542 \begin_layout Description
43544 \begin_inset space ~
43547 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
43548 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
43549 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
43550 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
43553 \begin_layout Subsection
43557 \begin_layout Standard
43558 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43565 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
43572 \begin_layout Section
43576 \begin_layout Subsection
43578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43585 \begin_inset Index idx
43588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43595 \begin_inset Index idx
43598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43607 \begin_layout Description
43609 \begin_inset space ~
43612 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
43613 The name will be used when the
43618 \begin_inset Newline newline
43622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43630 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
43638 \begin_layout Description
43640 \begin_inset space ~
43644 \begin_inset space ~
43648 \begin_inset space ~
43651 printer This option works only for the
43656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43668 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
43669 This is an option only for dvips experts.
43672 \begin_layout Description
43674 \begin_inset space ~
43677 command is the command LyX
43678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43685 LaTeX uses for printing.
43686 The default is on most systems
43693 \begin_layout Description
43695 \begin_inset space ~
43699 \begin_inset space ~
43702 Options Here you can specify printer options.
43703 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
43704 of the program that provides the
43711 \begin_layout Subsection
43713 \begin_inset Index idx
43716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 \begin_inset Index idx
43726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43727 Settings ! Date format
43735 \begin_layout Standard
43736 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
43737 \begin_inset Newline newline
43741 \begin_inset Flex URL
43744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
43752 \begin_inset Newline newline
43755 For example the format
43756 \begin_inset Newline newline
43760 \begin_inset Newline newline
43763 prints the date as day/month/year.
43766 \begin_layout Subsection
43770 \begin_layout Description
43772 \begin_inset space ~
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43779 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
43782 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43783 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43785 \begin_inset space ~
43791 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
43795 \begin_layout Description
43797 \begin_inset space ~
43800 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
43805 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
43806 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
43809 \begin_layout Subsection
43814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43824 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
43829 \begin_inset Index idx
43832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43841 \begin_layout Description
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43865 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43870 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43892 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43905 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43906 LyX sets up in the background.
43907 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43910 \begin_layout Description
43912 \begin_inset space ~
43916 \begin_inset space ~
43919 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43924 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43927 \begin_layout Standard
43928 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43929 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43930 manuals of the applications.
43931 Currently the following commands can be set:
43934 \begin_layout Description
43939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43947 \begin_inset space ~
43950 command Command for the program
43954 that is described in the section
43960 Additional Features
43965 \begin_layout Description
43970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43978 \begin_inset space ~
43981 command Command for the program
43985 that generates the bibliography, see section
43986 \begin_inset space ~
43990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43992 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
43999 \begin_layout Description
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44004 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44011 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44018 \begin_layout Description
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44023 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44030 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44037 \begin_layout Description
44039 \begin_inset space ~
44043 \begin_inset space ~
44047 \begin_inset space ~
44051 \begin_inset space ~
44054 options They only have an effect when the program
44058 is used as DVI-viewer.
44061 \begin_layout Standard
44062 There are additionally the following options:
44065 \begin_layout Description
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44071 \begin_inset space ~
44075 \begin_inset space ~
44079 \begin_inset space ~
44083 \begin_inset space ~
44086 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44104 to separate folders.
44105 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44106 \begin_inset Index idx
44109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44116 \begin_inset Index idx
44119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44128 \begin_layout Description
44130 \begin_inset space ~
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44138 \begin_inset space ~
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44153 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44158 dialog when changing the document class.
44161 \begin_layout Section
44163 \begin_inset space ~
44167 \begin_inset Index idx
44170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44179 \begin_layout Subsection
44181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44183 name "sub:Converters"
44188 \begin_inset Index idx
44191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44200 \begin_layout Standard
44201 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44202 from one format to another.
44203 You can modify them or create new ones.
44204 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44211 \begin_inset space ~
44221 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44225 \begin_inset space ~
44230 drop-down list, modify the
44234 field, and press the
44241 \begin_layout Standard
44244 Converter File Cache
44246 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44249 Maximum Age (in days
44252 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44253 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44256 \begin_layout Standard
44257 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44258 the converter definition, is described in the section
44269 \begin_layout Subsection
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44273 name "sec:File-Formats"
44278 \begin_inset Index idx
44281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44288 \begin_inset Index idx
44291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44300 \begin_layout Standard
44301 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44302 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44306 \begin_layout Standard
44307 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44308 is described in the section
44319 \begin_layout Standard
44320 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
44321 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
44322 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
44323 This is done by specifying a
44328 More about this is described in the section
44339 \begin_layout Chapter
44340 Units available in LyX
44341 \begin_inset Index idx
44344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44353 name "cha:Units-available-in"
44360 \begin_layout Standard
44361 To understand the units described in this documentation,
44362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44364 reference "cap:Units"
44368 explains all units available in LyX.
44371 \begin_layout Standard
44372 \begin_inset Float table
44378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44379 \begin_inset Caption
44381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44397 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44405 \begin_inset Tabular
44406 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
44407 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
44408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44560 scaled point (65536
44561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44621 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
44625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44676 % of original image width
44683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44890 \begin_layout Chapter
44892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44901 \begin_layout Standard
44902 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44903 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44906 \begin_layout Itemize
44909 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44912 \begin_layout Itemize
44918 \begin_layout Itemize
44924 \begin_layout Itemize
44930 \begin_layout Itemize
44936 \begin_layout Itemize
44942 \begin_layout Itemize
44948 \begin_layout Itemize
44954 \begin_layout Itemize
44957 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
44960 \begin_layout Itemize
44966 \begin_layout Itemize
44972 \begin_layout Itemize
44978 \begin_layout Itemize
44984 \begin_layout Itemize
44990 \begin_layout Itemize
44996 \begin_layout Itemize
45002 \begin_layout Itemize
45008 \begin_layout Itemize
45010 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45019 \begin_layout Standard
45020 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45023 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45030 \begin_layout Bibliography
45031 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45032 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45033 LatexCommand bibitem
45040 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45043 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45048 \begin_inset Newline newline
45052 \begin_inset Flex URL
45055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45057 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45065 \begin_layout Bibliography
45066 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45067 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45068 LatexCommand bibitem
45069 key "latexcompanion"
45073 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45075 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45078 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45081 \begin_layout Bibliography
45082 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45083 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45084 LatexCommand bibitem
45089 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45092 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45095 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45098 \begin_layout Bibliography
45099 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45100 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45101 LatexCommand bibitem
45108 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45111 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45114 \begin_layout Bibliography
45115 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45117 LatexCommand bibitem
45129 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45132 \begin_layout Bibliography
45133 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45134 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45135 LatexCommand bibitem
45141 \begin_inset Newline newline
45145 \begin_inset Flex URL
45148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45150 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45158 \begin_layout Bibliography
45159 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45161 LatexCommand bibitem
45167 \begin_inset Newline newline
45171 \begin_inset Flex URL
45174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45176 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45184 \begin_layout Bibliography
45185 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45186 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45187 LatexCommand bibitem
45193 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45195 name "Documentation"
45196 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45205 \begin_inset Newline newline
45209 \begin_inset Flex URL
45212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45214 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45222 \begin_layout Bibliography
45223 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45225 LatexCommand bibitem
45231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45233 name "Documentation"
45234 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45238 how to use the program
45243 \begin_inset Newline newline
45247 \begin_inset Flex URL
45250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45252 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45260 \begin_layout Bibliography
45261 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45263 LatexCommand bibitem
45269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45271 name "Documentation"
45272 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45281 \begin_inset Newline newline
45285 \begin_inset Flex URL
45288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45290 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45298 \begin_layout Bibliography
45299 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45300 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45301 LatexCommand bibitem
45307 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45309 name "Documentation"
45310 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
45319 \begin_inset Newline newline
45323 \begin_inset Flex URL
45326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45328 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
45336 \begin_layout Bibliography
45337 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45339 LatexCommand bibitem
45345 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45347 name "Documentation"
45348 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
45352 of the LaTeX-package
45357 \begin_inset Index idx
45360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45361 LaTeX-packages ! caption
45367 \begin_inset Newline newline
45371 \begin_inset Flex URL
45374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45376 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
45384 \begin_layout Bibliography
45385 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45386 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45387 LatexCommand bibitem
45393 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45395 name "Documentation"
45396 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
45400 of the LaTeX-package
45405 \begin_inset Index idx
45408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45409 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
45415 \begin_inset Newline newline
45419 \begin_inset Flex URL
45422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45424 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
45432 \begin_layout Bibliography
45433 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45435 LatexCommand bibitem
45443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45445 name "Documentation"
45446 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
45452 of the LaTeX-package
45457 \begin_inset Index idx
45460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45461 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
45467 \begin_inset Newline newline
45471 \begin_inset Flex URL
45474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45476 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
45484 \begin_layout Bibliography
45485 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45486 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45487 LatexCommand bibitem
45493 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45495 name "Documentation"
45496 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
45500 of the LaTeX-package
45505 \begin_inset Index idx
45508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45509 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
45515 \begin_inset Newline newline
45519 \begin_inset Flex URL
45522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45524 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
45532 \begin_layout Bibliography
45533 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45534 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45535 LatexCommand bibitem
45541 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45543 name "Documentation"
45544 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
45548 of the LaTeX-package
45553 \begin_inset Index idx
45556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45557 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
45563 \begin_inset Newline newline
45567 \begin_inset Flex URL
45570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45572 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
45580 \begin_layout Bibliography
45581 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45582 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45583 LatexCommand bibitem
45589 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45591 name "Documentation"
45592 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
45596 of the LaTeX-package
45601 \begin_inset Index idx
45604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45605 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
45611 \begin_inset Newline newline
45615 \begin_inset Flex URL
45618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45620 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
45628 \begin_layout Bibliography
45629 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45630 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45631 LatexCommand bibitem
45637 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45640 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
45644 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
45645 \begin_inset Newline newline
45649 \begin_inset Flex URL
45652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45654 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
45662 \begin_layout Bibliography
45663 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45664 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45665 LatexCommand bibitem
45671 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45674 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
45678 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
45679 \begin_inset Newline newline
45683 \begin_inset Flex URL
45686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45688 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
45696 \begin_layout Bibliography
45697 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45698 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45699 LatexCommand bibitem
45705 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45708 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
45712 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
45713 \begin_inset Newline newline
45717 \begin_inset Flex URL
45720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45722 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
45730 \begin_layout Bibliography
45731 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45733 LatexCommand bibitem
45739 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45742 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
45746 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
45747 \begin_inset Newline newline
45751 \begin_inset Flex URL
45754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45756 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
45764 \begin_layout Bibliography
45765 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45766 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45767 LatexCommand bibitem
45773 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45776 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
45780 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
45781 \begin_inset Newline newline
45785 \begin_inset Flex URL
45788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45790 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
45798 \begin_layout Bibliography
45799 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45800 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45801 LatexCommand bibitem
45807 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45810 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
45814 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
45815 \begin_inset Newline newline
45819 \begin_inset Flex URL
45822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45824 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
45832 \begin_layout Bibliography
45833 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45835 LatexCommand bibitem
45841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45844 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
45848 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
45849 \begin_inset Newline newline
45853 \begin_inset Flex URL
45856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45858 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
45866 \begin_layout Bibliography
45867 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45869 LatexCommand bibitem
45875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45878 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45882 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45883 \begin_inset Newline newline
45887 \begin_inset Flex URL
45890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45892 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45900 \begin_layout Bibliography
45901 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45903 LatexCommand bibitem
45909 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45912 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45916 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45917 \begin_inset Newline newline
45921 \begin_inset Flex URL
45924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45926 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45934 \begin_layout Bibliography
45935 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45937 LatexCommand bibitem
45943 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45946 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45950 about new features in
45955 \begin_inset Newline newline
45959 \begin_inset Flex URL
45962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45964 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
45972 \begin_layout Standard
45973 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46007 \begin_inset Note Note
46010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46017 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46018 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46019 bibliography is the second one:
46027 \begin_layout Standard
46028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46029 LatexCommand bibtex
46030 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46031 options "biblio/alphadin"
46038 \begin_layout Standard
46039 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46042 \begin_layout Standard
46043 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46044 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46050 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46051 LatexCommand printindex